external/cde
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of git://git.code.sf.net/p/cdesktopenv/code synced 2025-03-09 15:50:02 +00:00
Code Issues Releases Wiki Activity

Initial import of the CDE 2.1.30 sources from the Open Group.

Browse source
This commit is contained in:
Peter Howkins 2012-03-10 18:21:40 +00:00
commit 83b6996daa
18978 changed files with 3945623 additions and 0 deletions
Download patch file Download diff file Expand all files Collapse all files

44
cde/admin/IntegTools/Imakefile Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
XCOMM $XConsortium: Imakefile /main/5 1996/04/21 19:06:35 drk $
#define IHaveSubdirs
#define PassCDebugFlags
SUBDIRS = post_install dbTools updateTools
#ifdef RsArchitecture
OVERRIDE=install.dt.ibm
#endif
#ifdef HPArchitecture
OVERRIDE=install.dt.hp
#endif
#ifdef SunArchitecture
LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES=-Usun
OVERRIDE=install.dt.sun
#endif
#ifdef UXPArchitecture
LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES=-Uuxp
OVERRIDE=install.dt.uxp
#endif
#ifdef USLArchitecture
LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES=-Uusl
OVERRIDE=install.dt.usl
#endif
#ifdef AlphaArchitecture
OVERRIDE=install.dt.dec
#endif
MakeSubdirs($(SUBDIRS))
AllTarget(install.dt $(OVERRIDE) dinstall.dt)
CppScriptTarget(install.dt,install.dt.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppScriptTarget($(OVERRIDE),$(OVERRIDE).src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppScriptTarget(dinstall.dt,dinstall.dt.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
depend::

213
cde/admin/IntegTools/config/config.dec Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
####################################################
### Configuration Instructions for DEC OSF1 Systems ###
####################################################
FIXME FIXME: Need to change this. Discuss /sbin/init.d/xdm script
and its operation.... -mcb
There are two ways to start the desktop:
* You can manually start the desktop Login Manager. The advantage
of using this method is that you will not have to edit
/etc/inittab.
* You can enable the system to automatically start the desktop
when the system is rebooted. This is done by editing
/etc/inittab.
Removing the Developer's Conference CDE Desktop
===============================================
It is imperative that Snapshot 1 and Snapshot 2 desktops do not
co-mingle. Installers and users should ensure that old clients and
configuration files are exited or removed.
Upgrading systems in a networked environment
--------------------------------------------
If CDE is installed in a network environment, it is imperative that
all systems be upgraded at the same time.
Removing the Snapshot 1 desktop
-------------------------------
Installers are advised to remove the Snapshot 1 Desktop files from
their systems. Those clients and files are obsolete.
Stopping Desktop clients before installing Snapshot 2
-----------------------------------------------------
If the Snapshot 1 desktop is not removed, ensure that all desktop
clients are inactive before installing the Snapshot 2 desktop. If the
desktop was started via /etc/inittab, issue the telinit command to
stop dtlogin and any other desktop client.
Removing the users's .dtprofile and .dt directory
-------------------------------------------------
It is strongly advised that all CDE users on the system remove or
rename their .dt directory and their .dtprofile. The Snapshot 2
Desktop is not compatible with the Snapshot 1 Desktop versions of
these files.
If users have customized their .dt/dtwmrc file and want to keep it,
they will need to cut and paste the appropriate pieces into the new
dtwmrc provided.
Before You Start the Desktop (HP-UX)
======================================
Special Configurations
----------------------
If your system has one of these special configurations, you may need to
edit certain Login Manager files before starting the desktop. See
chapter 2 of the Getting Started Guide:
* If the system console is a non-bitmap device.
* If the system is an X terminal or a host for X terminals.
* If the system has more than one display.
The Subprocess Control Daemon
=============================
If you are working in an environment where a CDE Desktop action needs
to start an application on another workstation running CDE, the
Subprocess Control Daemon configuration must be completed on both
workstations.
1. Log in as root.
2. For authentication, the user's home directory on a remote system
must be mounted to the local system.
3. To run an application with a WINDOW_TYPE of NO_STDIO (see Appendix
A, Advanced User's and System Administrator's Guide), you will need
to provide NFS-access by the local (client) system to the remote
(application server) system's /var directory (if /var is a distinct
volume), or / directory (if it is not). The mount point must be
/nfs/<remote_host>/var (again, if /var is a distinct volume) or
/nfs/<remote_host>/ (if it is not). Export the appropriate
directory in /etc/exports on both the local and remote hosts.
To Start And Stop the Desktop Manually
======================================
To Start the Desktop:
--------------------
1. Log in as root.
2. Enter:
/usr/dt/bin/dtlogin -daemon
This starts the Login Manager and displays the Login screen.
Logging in starts a desktop session.
To Stop the Desktop:
--------------------
When you stop the Login Manager, you automatically kill all
X servers and desktop sessions that it started.
1. In a terminal emulator window, log in as root.
2. Obtain the process id of the parent Login Manager by entering:
cat /var/dt/Xpid
3. Kill the Login Manager by entering:
kill -TERM <process_id>
where <process_id> is the value obtained from Xpid.
To Enable and Disable Desktop Auto-Start
========================================
When your system is configured to start the desktop automatically, the
desktop Login Manager runs when the system is booted.
To start the desktop automatically, you must edit /etc/inittab to:
* Add a line that starts the CDE Desktop.
* Set the default run level to the run level assigned to the CDE
Desktop.
NOTE: Edit /etc/inittab very carefully.
Errors in the file can prevent the system from booting
successfully.
To Enable Desktop Auto-Start
----------------------------
1. Log in as root.
2. If you are running HP VUE, shut it down by entering:
/etc/telinit <n>; exit
where <n> is a run level assigned to the console and not
assigned to HP VUE or to halting the system. You can find a
run level by examinining the lines beginning with cons and vue
in /etc/inittab. For example, the following lines indicate
that you can use run levels other than 3, 4, or 6.
halt:6:wait:/usr/lib/X11/ignition/shutdown.ksh
cons:012456:respawn:/etc/getty -h console console
vue :34:respawn:/etc/vuerc
3. Make a backup copy of /etc/inittab.
4. Open /etc/inittab for editing (in a diskless cluster, /etc/inittab
is a context-dependent file).
5. Look for the line that sets the default run level (starting with
init:). Set the default run level to 5.
init:5:initdefault:
6. Add a line that starts the desktop at that run level:
dt :5:respawn:/usr/dt/bin/dtrc
To Disable Desktop Auto-Start
-----------------------------
You can restore a console by changing to a run level assigned to a
console and not assigned to the desktop.
Switching Between CDE and HP VUE
--------------------------------
You can switch back and forth between CDE and HP VUE by executing:
/etc/telinit <n>; exit
where <n>=3 switches to HP VUE and <n>=5 switches to CDE.

207
cde/admin/IntegTools/config/config.hp Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
####################################################
### Configuration Instructions for HP-UX Systems ###
####################################################
There are two ways to start the desktop:
* You can manually start the desktop Login Manager. The advantage
of using this method is that you will not have to edit
/etc/inittab.
* You can enable the system to automatically start the desktop
when the system is rebooted. This is done by editing
/etc/inittab.
Removing the Developer's Conference CDE Desktop
===============================================
It is imperative that Snapshot 1 and Snapshot 2 desktops do not
co-mingle. Installers and users should ensure that old clients and
configuration files are exited or removed.
Upgrading systems in a networked environment
--------------------------------------------
If CDE is installed in a network environment, it is imperative that
all systems be upgraded at the same time.
Removing the Snapshot 1 desktop
-------------------------------
Installers are advised to remove the Snapshot 1 Desktop files from
their systems. Those clients and files are obsolete.
Stopping Desktop clients before installing Snapshot 2
-----------------------------------------------------
If the Snapshot 1 desktop is not removed, ensure that all desktop
clients are inactive before installing the Snapshot 2 desktop. If the
desktop was started via /etc/inittab, issue the telinit command to
stop dtlogin and any other desktop client.
Removing the users's .dtprofile and .dt directory
-------------------------------------------------
It is strongly advised that all CDE users on the system remove or
rename their .dt directory and their .dtprofile. The Snapshot 2
Desktop is not compatible with the Snapshot 1 Desktop versions of
these files.
If users have customized their .dt/dtwmrc file and want to keep it,
they will need to cut and paste the appropriate pieces into the new
dtwmrc provided.
Before You Start the Desktop (HP-UX)
======================================
Special Configurations
----------------------
If your system has one of these special configurations, you may need to
edit certain Login Manager files before starting the desktop. See
chapter 2 of the Getting Started Guide:
* If the system console is a non-bitmap device.
* If the system is an X terminal or a host for X terminals.
* If the system has more than one display.
The Subprocess Control Daemon
=============================
If you are working in an environment where a CDE Desktop action needs
to start an application on another workstation running CDE, the
Subprocess Control Daemon configuration must be completed on both
workstations.
1. Log in as root.
2. For authentication, the user's home directory on a remote system
must be mounted to the local system.
3. To run an application with a WINDOW_TYPE of NO_STDIO (see Appendix
A, Advanced User's and System Administrator's Guide), you will need
to provide NFS-access by the local (client) system to the remote
(application server) system's /var directory (if /var is a distinct
volume), or / directory (if it is not). The mount point must be
/nfs/<remote_host>/var (again, if /var is a distinct volume) or
/nfs/<remote_host>/ (if it is not). Export the appropriate
directory in /etc/exports on both the local and remote hosts.
To Start And Stop the Desktop Manually
======================================
To Start the Desktop:
--------------------
1. Log in as root.
2. Enter:
/usr/dt/bin/dtlogin -daemon
This starts the Login Manager and displays the Login screen.
Logging in starts a desktop session.
To Stop the Desktop:
--------------------
When you stop the Login Manager, you automatically kill all
X servers and desktop sessions that it started.
1. In a terminal emulator window, log in as root.
2. Obtain the process id of the parent Login Manager by entering:
cat /var/dt/Xpid
3. Kill the Login Manager by entering:
kill -TERM <process_id>
where <process_id> is the value obtained from Xpid.
To Enable and Disable Desktop Auto-Start
========================================
When your system is configured to start the desktop automatically, the
desktop Login Manager runs when the system is booted.
To start the desktop automatically, you must edit /etc/inittab to:
* Add a line that starts the CDE Desktop.
* Set the default run level to the run level assigned to the CDE
Desktop.
NOTE: Edit /etc/inittab very carefully.
Errors in the file can prevent the system from booting
successfully.
To Enable Desktop Auto-Start
----------------------------
1. Log in as root.
2. If you are running HP VUE, shut it down by entering:
/etc/telinit <n>; exit
where <n> is a run level assigned to the console and not
assigned to HP VUE or to halting the system. You can find a
run level by examinining the lines beginning with cons and vue
in /etc/inittab. For example, the following lines indicate
that you can use run levels other than 3, 4, or 6.
halt:6:wait:/usr/lib/X11/ignition/shutdown.ksh
cons:012456:respawn:/etc/getty -h console console
vue :34:respawn:/etc/vuerc
3. Make a backup copy of /etc/inittab.
4. Open /etc/inittab for editing (in a diskless cluster, /etc/inittab
is a context-dependent file).
5. Look for the line that sets the default run level (starting with
init:). Set the default run level to 5.
init:5:initdefault:
6. Add a line that starts the desktop at that run level:
dt :5:respawn:/usr/dt/bin/dtrc
To Disable Desktop Auto-Start
-----------------------------
You can restore a console by changing to a run level assigned to a
console and not assigned to the desktop.
Switching Between CDE and HP VUE
--------------------------------
You can switch back and forth between CDE and HP VUE by executing:
/etc/telinit <n>; exit
where <n>=3 switches to HP VUE and <n>=5 switches to CDE.

285
cde/admin/IntegTools/config/config.ibm Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
=================================
Instructions for IBM AIX Systems 04/11/94
=================================
The following instructions assume you have already installed the Common Desktop
Environment according to the Installation Instructions on the CD jacket. If
CDE is used in a networked environment, all systems should be upgraded at the
same time.
There are two ways to start the desktop:
* You can manually start the desktop Login Manager. This method can be used to
avoid rebooting the system. See the section To Start and Stop the Desktop
Manually .
* You can configure the system to start the desktop automatically upon reboot.
See the section To Enable and Disable Desktop Auto-Start..
Before You Start the Desktop
============================
******************************************************************************
If you have a previous Common Desktop Environment (CDE) version on the system:
******************************************************************************
Advise all CDE users on the system to remove or rename their $HOME/.dt directory
and their $HOME/.dtprofile. The new files are not compatible with the old
ones. If users have customized the $HOME/.dt/dtwmrc file and want to keep
it, they will need to cut and paste the appropriate pieces into the new dtwmrc
file provided.
Become the root user on the system. Make sure all other users on the system
are logged out of CDE. Kill the Login Manager.
cat /etc/opt/dt/Xpid (obtain Login Manager process_id)
kill -TERM <process_id>
Killing the Login Manager process works no matter how the process was started.
An alternate method is to stop the system resource control for the desktop.
This method should only be used if CDE was configured on the system with
/opt/dt/bin/dtconfig -e. If you don't know how CDE was configured on the
system, lssrc -s dtsrc will return the status of dtsrc. If no status
is returned, use the kill method in the previous paragraph.
stopsrc -c -s dtsrc
Completely remove the /etc/opt and /opt directory structures from the system.
The install script mentioned in the README should have already given you the
chance to remove these. Remove the dtsrc subsystem only if CDE was configured
on the system with /opt/dt/bin/dtconfig -e:
rmssys -s dtsrc
Default Configuration
The Instructions for IBM AIX Systems show basic installation information.
We recommend following these instructions before doing any personal
customization work except in the case of the Special Configurations.
Special Configurations
If your system has one of these special configurations, you may need to edit
certain Login Manager files before starting the desktop. More detailed
information is in the CDE Getting Started Guide.
* If the system console is a non-bitmap device (e.g. an ascii
terminal)i, comment out the following line in /usr/dt/config/Xservers that
starts the Xserver on the console.
# :0 Local local@console /path/X [options] :0
* If the system is an X terminal or a host for X terminals,
CDE must be running on the host and X Display Manager Control Protocol
(XDMCP) must be enabled for the X terminal and must direct the Xterminal to
contact the Login Manager on a specified host.
* If the system has more than one display, see Configuring
Multiple Displays in the CDE Getting Started Guide.
To Start and Stop the Desktop Manually
--------------------------------------
There are two manual methods to start the desktop:
* You can manually start the CDE Login Manager. To use this method, you must
have permission to log in as root. This method is preferable, because Login
Manager sets certain environment variables that are needed during desktop
sessions. See the section Manually Starting and Stopping Login Manager.
* You can log in using conventional methods, and then manually run the
CDE Session Manager, which starts a desktop session. See the section
Manually Starting and Stopping Session Manager.
Manually Starting and Stopping Login Manager
--------------------------------------------
To manually start Login Manager:
1. Log in as root.
2. Enter:
/usr/dt/bin/dtlogin -daemon
This starts the Login Manager and displays the Login screen.
Logging in starts a desktop session.
To manually stop Login Manager:
When you stop the Login Manager, you automatically kill all X servers and
desktop sessions that it started.
1. In a terminal emulator window, log in as root.
2. Obtain the process id of the Login Manager by entering:
cat /var/dt/Xpid
3. Kill the Login Manager by entering:
kill -TERM <process_id>
where <process_id> is the value obtained from Xpid.
Manually Starting and Stopping Session Manager
----------------------------------------------
Using this method
* leaves you responsible for setting certain environment variables to values
required by the desktop if suitable values are not already set in your
environment.
* allows you to use CDE while others serving from the same system, including
the console are not.
1. Log in. (You do not need to log in as root).
2. With no window system running, from the command line enter:
/usr/bin/X11/xinit /usr/dt/bin/Xsession
HINT: if a .Xinitrc file is enabled, make sure it is NOT starting another
window manager. Do NOT put the /usr/dt/bin/Xsession in your .profile!
Session Manager stops when you log out.
To Enable and Disable Desktop Auto-Start
----------------------------------------
AIX can be configured to start the CDE Desktop automatically when the system
is booted. This method starts CDE as the Session Manager for all users on
the system.
There are several ways to do this configuration:
* From a command line.
* Using SMIT menus.
* Using SMIT fastpath.
From a Command Line
-------------------
To Enable Desktop Auto-Start:
1. Log in as root.
2. From the command line, enter:
/usr/dt/bin/dtconfig -e
3. Reboot the machine.
When the system is rebooted, a dtlogin screen will appear. If you prefer not
to reboot at this time, this command will start the Login Manager now.
startsrc -s dtsrc
To Disable Desktop Auto-Start:
1. Log in as root.
2. From the command line, enter:
/usr/dt/bin/dtconfig -d
3. Reboot the machine.
When the system is rebooted, CDE is no longer configured. If you prefer not
to reboot at this time, this command will stop the Login Manager now.
stopsrc -c -s dtsrc
Using SMIT Menus
----------------
To Enable Desktop Auto-Start:
1. Log in as root.
2. From the command line, enter:
/usr/bin/smit
3. Go to System Environments.
4. Go to Change System User Interface.
5. Select CDE environment.
6. Press [Enter] when using ASCII SMIT or Click "Do" when using GUI
SMIT interface.
7. Exit SMIT.
8. Reboot the machine.
To Disable Desktop Auto-Start:
1. Log in as root.
2. From the command line, enter
/usr/bin/smit
3. Go to System Environments.
4. Go to Change System User Interface.
5. Select Command-line environment.
6. Press [Enter] when using ASCII SMIT or Click "Do" when
using GUI SMIT interface.
7. Exit out of SMIT.
8. Reboot the machine.
Using SMIT `fastpath'
---------------------
To Enable Desktop Auto-Start:
1. Log in as root.
2. From the command line, enter:
/usr/bin/smit dtconfig
3. Select CDE environment.
4. Press [Enter] when using ASCII SMIT or Click "Do" when using GUI
SMIT interface.
5. Exit SMIT.
6. Reboot the machine.
To Disable Desktop Auto-Start:
1. Log in as root.
2. From the command line, enter:
/usr/bin/smit dtconfig
3. Select Command-line environment.
4. Press [Enter] when using ASCII SMIT or Click "Do" when using GUI
SMIT interface.
5. Exit out of SMIT.
6. Reboot the machine.
Deinstall Instructions
======================
The CD also includes a script for deinstallation. With the CD-ROM mounted
according to the Installation Instructions on the CD jacket, enter:
./dinstall.dt
or
./DINSTALL.DT
Everything installed from the installation scripts will be deinstalled.

79
cde/admin/IntegTools/config/config.sco Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
####################################
### Instructions for SCO Systems ###
####################################
System Requirements
===================
* SCO Open Desktop or SCO Open Server Version 3.0
* 386-33, 486, or Pentium based processor
* 16MB memory
* 1024x768, 256 color graphics system
* 70MB free disk space
* 30MB Swap Space
Before You Start the Desktop
============================
If your system has one of these special configurations, you may need to
edit certain Login Manager files before starting the desktop. See
chapter 2 of the Getting Started Guide:
* If the system console is a non-bitmap device.
* If the system is an X terminal or a host for X terminals.
* If the system has more than one display.
To Start and Stop the Desktop
============================
1. Log in as the user who will use the desktop and be running the Korn or
Bourne shells (ksh or sh).
2. First, add the following two lines to your .profile:
PATH=$PATH:/opt/dt/bin
. /opt/dt/bin/dtsearchpath
These lines add the desktop search path to your PATH variable.
3. If you have a .startxrc file in your home directory, move it to a
backup location or name by entering:
mv .startxrc old.startxrc
4. Copy /etc/opt/dt/dt.startxrc to your home directory and rename it
to .startxrc by entering:
cp /etc/opt/dt/dt.startxrc .startxrc
5. Do one of the following:
* Log out of your ODT session and log in via Scologin.
* Or, at a shell prompt on a multiscreen not running the X
server, run startx by entering:
startx
Be sure to log out to reinvoke your .profile correctly.

207
cde/admin/IntegTools/config/config.sun Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
#################################################### 04/08/94
### Instructions for the Sun Solaris Environment ###
####################################################
Removing the October '93 Developer's Conference CDE Desktop
===========================================================
It is imperative that CDE Snapshot 1 and Snapshot 2 desktops do not
co-mingle. Installers and users should ensure that old clients and
configuration files are exited or removed. Use the instructions
in this section if the October '93 Snapshot 1 version of CDE is
installed on your system.
Upgrading systems in a networked environment
--------------------------------------------
If CDE is installed in a network environment, it is imperative that
all systems be upgraded at the same time.
Removing the Snapshot 1 desktop
-------------------------------
Installers are advised to remove the Snapshot 1 Desktop files from
their systems. Those clients and files are obsolete. The dinstall.dt
script which was provided on the Snapshot 1 CD may be used for this
purpose.
Stopping Desktop clients before installing Snapshot 2
-----------------------------------------------------
If the Snapshot 1 desktop is not removed, ensure that all desktop
clients are inactive before installing the Snapshot 2 desktop.
Removing the users's .dtprofile and .dt directory
-------------------------------------------------
It is strongly advised that all CDE users on the system remove or
rename their .dt directory and their .dtprofile. The Snapshot 2
Desktop is not compatible with the Snapshot 1 Desktop versions of
these files.
If users have customized their .dt/dtwmrc file and want to keep it,
they will need to cut and paste the appropriate pieces into the new
dtwmrc provided.
Before You Start the Desktop
============================
You can start the CDE Desktop by:
* Configuring the system to auto-start the CDE Desktop when
the system is booted.
* Or, manually starting the desktop Login Manager.
Special Configurations
----------------------
If your system has one of these special configurations, you may need to
edit certain Login Manager files before starting the desktop. See the
Advanced User's and System Administrator's Guide:
* If the system console is a non-bitmap device.
* If the system is an X terminal or a host for X terminals.
* If the system has more than one display.
To Enable and Disable Desktop Auto-Start
========================================
When auto-start is enabled, the CDE Login Manager runs automatically
each time the system is booted. You then log in using the
CDE Login Screen.
To Enable Desktop Auto-Start
----------------------------
1. Log in as root.
2. From the command line, enter:
/usr/dt/bin/dtconfig -e
A CDE Login screen will appear the next time the system is booted.
To Disable Desktop Auto-Start
-----------------------------
1. Log in as root.
2. From a command line, enter:
/usr/dt/bin/dtconfig -d
A conventional ascii login will appear the next time the system
is booted.
To Start and Stop the Desktop Manually
======================================
There are two ways to start the desktop manually:
* You can manually start the CDE Login Manager, which will display the
desktop Login screen. To use this method, you must have permission
to log in as root.
This method is the preferable manual method, since Login Manager sets
certain environment variables that are needed during desktop sessions.
* You can log in using conventional methods, and then manually run the CDE
Session Manager, which starts a desktop session.
Manually Starting and Stopping Login Manager
--------------------------------------------
When you use this method, you log in using the desktop Login screen.
When you log in, a desktop session starts.
To manually start Login Manager:
1. Log in as root.
2. With no window system running, from the command line enter:
/usr/dt/bin/dtlogin
To manually stop Login Manager:
1. If you are in a desktop session, exit (via front panel button).
2. On the Login screen, choose Options->Command Line
to return to a command line.
3. On the command line, enter [Ctrl]c (hold down [Ctrl] as
you press [c]).
You are now back to your root login with a command line prompt.
Manually Starting and Stopping Session Manager
----------------------------------------------
If you use this method, you are responsible for setting certain environment
variables to values required by the desktop if suitable values are
not already set in your environment. See the Advanced User's and System
Administrator's Guide.
1. Log in. (You do not need to log in as root).
If you set LD_LIBRARY_PATH (its not required for CDE), make sure the
/usr/dt/lib directory is at head of list. In addition, you should
set the environment variable OPENWINHOME to /usr/openwin.
2. With no window system running, from the command line enter:
/usr/openwin/bin/xinit /usr/dt/bin/Xsession
This starts your CDE desktop session. Exit button is on front panel.
To Configure Subprocess Control Daemon remote access
====================================================
If you are working in an environment where a CDE Desktop action needs to
start an application on another workstation running CDE, the Subprocess
Control Daemon must have access to the /tmp directory of the remote
workstation.
The following procedure will provide this.
1. Log in as root.
2. Provide NFS-access by the local (client) system to the remote (application
server) system's /tmp directory. The mount point must be
/nfs/<remote_host>/tmp.
On systems running automount, the following procedure provides this mount:
a. Enter:
mkdir /nfs
b. Add the following lines to /etc/auto_master:
/nfs -hosts -nosuid
c. To allow export of the /tmp directory, add the following line
to /etc/dfs/dfstab:
shared -F nfs -o rw /tmp
3. The subprocess control daemon will have correct access the next time
the workstation is booted.

207
cde/admin/IntegTools/config/config.usl Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
#########################################################################
# Configuration Instructions for the UnixWare 1.1 or later Environments #
#########################################################################
The following instructions assume you have already installed the Common Desktop
Environment according to the Installation Instructions on the CD jacket.
There are two ways to start the desktop:
* You can manually start the desktop Login Manager. This method can be used to
avoid rebooting the system. See the section To Start and Stop the Desktop
Manually .
* You can configure the system to start the desktop automatically upon reboot.
See the section To Enable and Disable Desktop Auto-Start..
Before You Start the Desktop
============================
******************************************************************************
If you have a previous Common Desktop Environment (CDE) version on the system:
******************************************************************************
*Advise all CDE users on the system to remove or rename their $HOME/.dt directory
and their $HOME/.dtprofile. The new files are not compatible with the old
ones. If users have customized the $HOME/.dt/dtwmrc file and want to keep
it, they will need to cut and paste the appropriate pieces into the new dtwmrc
file provided.
*Become the root user on the system. Make sure all other users on the system
are logged out of CDE. Kill the Login Manager if running.
kill -15 `cat /etc/opt/dt/Xpid`
Killing the Login Manager process works no matter how the process was started.
An alternate method is to stop the system resource control for the desktop.
This method should only be used if CDE was configured on the system by
replacing the /etc/rc2.d/S69xdm script. You can tell if CDE was configured
this way by checking the existence of /etc/S69xdm.old. If this file
exists, then do the following:
mv /etc/S69xdm.old /etc/rc2.d/S69xdm
Special Configurations
----------------------
If your system has one of these special configurations, you may need to
edit certain Login Manager files before starting the desktop. See the
Advanced User's and System Administrator's Guide:
* If the system console is not a UnixWare supported bitmap device.
* If the system is an X terminal or a host for X terminals.
* If the system has more than one display.
To Start and Stop the Desktop Manually
======================================
There are two ways to start the desktop manually:
* You can manually start the CDE Login Manager, which will
display the desktop Login screen. To use this method, you
must have permission to log in as root.
This method is preferable, since Login Manager sets certain
environment variables that are needed during desktop sessions.
* You can log in using conventional methods, and then manually
run the CDE Session Manager, which starts a desktop session.
See the section Manually Starting and Stopping the Session
Manager.
Manually Starting and Stopping Login Manager
--------------------------------------------
When you use this method, you log in using the CDE Login screen.
When you log in, a desktop session starts.
To manually start Login Manager:
1. Log in as root.
2. Type:
LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$LD_LIBRARY_PATH:/usr/dt/lib:/usr/X/lib export LD_LIBRARY_PATH
3. With no window system running, from the command line enter:
/usr/dt/bin/dtlogin -daemon
The CDE Graphical Login screen will appear.
4. For security reasons, you need to exit the shell that invoked dtlogin.
Type <Alt><SysRq> p
(i.e. Press the <Alt> and <SysRq> keys at the same time,
release both and then hit 'p'. )
You should return to an ASCII terminal session.
5. Type:
<return>
exit
6. You will be asked if you want your virtual terminals closed at once.
Type: n
The CDE Graphical Login screen will reappear.
To manually stop Login Manager:
1. Log out of the CDE Desktop.
2. From the options menu of the CDE Graphical Login choose Command Line.
This will give you the ASCII login screen.
3. Log in as root.
4. Type:
kill -15 `cat /usr/dt/config/Xpid`
Manually Starting and Stopping Session Manager
----------------------------------------------
If you use this method, you are responsible for setting certain
environment variables to values required by the desktop if suitable
values are not already set in your environment. Refer to the Getting
Started Guide for setting the necessary environment variables.
1. Log in. (You do not need to log in as root).
2. With no window system running, from the command line enter:
LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/usr/dt/lib:/usr/X/lib:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH
export LD_LIBRARY_PATH
PATH=$PATH:/usr/X/bin
export PATH
/usr/X/bin/olinit /usr/dt/bin/Xsession
The Session Manager stops when you log out.
When auto-start is enabled, the CDE Login Manager runs
automatically each time the system is booted. You then log
in using the CDE Login Screen.
To Enable and Disable Desktop Auto-Start
========================================
UnixWare can be configured to start the CDE Desktop automatically when the system
is booted. This method starts CDE as the Session Manager for all users on
the system.
To Enable Desktop Auto-Start
----------------------------
1. Log in as root.
2. From the command line, enter:
NOTE: Step 'a' is necessay only if the /etc/rc2.d/S69xdm
script has been modified after UnixWare was
installed on your system and if the graphical login
is enabled. A copy of the S69xdm script that
came with the UnixWare installation is located
in /usr/X/adm.
a. cp /etc/rc2.d/S69xdm /etc/S69xdm.preCDE
b. cp /usr/dt/config/S69xdm /etc/rc2.d/S69xdm
A CDE Login screen will appear the next time the system is booted.
To Disable Desktop Auto-Start
-----------------------------
1. Log in as root.
2. From a command line, enter:
rm /etc/rc2.d/S69xdm
If you would like the original UnixWare Desktop Manager Login
to appear upon reboot:
/usr/X/bin/enable_glogin
- OR -
If a copy of S69xdm was saved as outlined in the section
"To Enable Desktop Auto-Start":
mv /etc/S69xdm.preCDE /etc/rc2.d/S69xdm
The UnixWare Desktop Manager Login will appear
the next time the system is rebooted.

207
cde/admin/IntegTools/config/config.uxp Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
#########################################################################
# Configuration Instructions for the Fujitsu UXP/DS Environments #
#########################################################################
The following instructions assume you have already installed the Common Desktop
Environment according to the Installation Instructions on the CD jacket.
There are two ways to start the desktop:
* You can manually start the desktop Login Manager. This method can be used to
avoid rebooting the system. See the section To Start and Stop the Desktop
Manually .
* You can configure the system to start the desktop automatically upon reboot.
See the section To Enable and Disable Desktop Auto-Start..
Before You Start the Desktop
============================
******************************************************************************
If you have a previous Common Desktop Environment (CDE) version on the system:
******************************************************************************
*Advise all CDE users on the system to remove or rename their $HOME/.dt directory
and their $HOME/.dtprofile. The new files are not compatible with the old
ones. If users have customized the $HOME/.dt/dtwmrc file and want to keep
it, they will need to cut and paste the appropriate pieces into the new dtwmrc
file provided.
*Become the root user on the system. Make sure all other users on the system
are logged out of CDE. Kill the Login Manager if running.
kill -15 `cat /etc/opt/dt/Xpid`
Killing the Login Manager process works no matter how the process was started.
An alternate method is to stop the system resource control for the desktop.
This method should only be used if CDE was configured on the system by
replacing the /etc/rc2.d/S69xdm script. You can tell if CDE was configured
this way by checking the existence of /etc/S69xdm.old. If this file
exists, then do the following:
mv /etc/S69xdm.old /etc/rc2.d/S69xdm
Special Configurations
----------------------
If your system has one of these special configurations, you may need to
edit certain Login Manager files before starting the desktop. See the
Advanced User's and System Administrator's Guide:
* If the system console is not a UnixWare supported bitmap device.
* If the system is an X terminal or a host for X terminals.
* If the system has more than one display.
To Start and Stop the Desktop Manually
======================================
There are two ways to start the desktop manually:
* You can manually start the CDE Login Manager, which will
display the desktop Login screen. To use this method, you
must have permission to log in as root.
This method is preferable, since Login Manager sets certain
environment variables that are needed during desktop sessions.
* You can log in using conventional methods, and then manually
run the CDE Session Manager, which starts a desktop session.
See the section Manually Starting and Stopping the Session
Manager.
Manually Starting and Stopping Login Manager
--------------------------------------------
When you use this method, you log in using the CDE Login screen.
When you log in, a desktop session starts.
To manually start Login Manager:
1. Log in as root.
2. Type:
LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$LD_LIBRARY_PATH:/usr/dt/lib:/usr/X/lib export LD_LIBRARY_PATH
3. With no window system running, from the command line enter:
/usr/dt/bin/dtlogin -daemon
The CDE Graphical Login screen will appear.
4. For security reasons, you need to exit the shell that invoked dtlogin.
Type <Alt><SysRq> p
(i.e. Press the <Alt> and <SysRq> keys at the same time,
release both and then hit 'p'. )
You should return to an ASCII terminal session.
5. Type:
<return>
exit
6. You will be asked if you want your virtual terminals closed at once.
Type: n
The CDE Graphical Login screen will reappear.
To manually stop Login Manager:
1. Log out of the CDE Desktop.
2. From the options menu of the CDE Graphical Login choose Command Line.
This will give you the ASCII login screen.
3. Log in as root.
4. Type:
kill -15 `cat /usr/dt/config/Xpid`
Manually Starting and Stopping Session Manager
----------------------------------------------
If you use this method, you are responsible for setting certain
environment variables to values required by the desktop if suitable
values are not already set in your environment. Refer to the Getting
Started Guide for setting the necessary environment variables.
1. Log in. (You do not need to log in as root).
2. With no window system running, from the command line enter:
LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/usr/dt/lib:/usr/X/lib:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH
export LD_LIBRARY_PATH
PATH=$PATH:/usr/X/bin
export PATH
/usr/X/bin/olinit /usr/dt/bin/Xsession
The Session Manager stops when you log out.
When auto-start is enabled, the CDE Login Manager runs
automatically each time the system is booted. You then log
in using the CDE Login Screen.
To Enable and Disable Desktop Auto-Start
========================================
UnixWare can be configured to start the CDE Desktop automatically when the system
is booted. This method starts CDE as the Session Manager for all users on
the system.
To Enable Desktop Auto-Start
----------------------------
1. Log in as root.
2. From the command line, enter:
NOTE: Step 'a' is necessay only if the /etc/rc2.d/S69xdm
script has been modified after UnixWare was
installed on your system and if the graphical login
is enabled. A copy of the S69xdm script that
came with the UnixWare installation is located
in /usr/X/adm.
a. cp /etc/rc2.d/S69xdm /etc/S69xdm.preCDE
b. cp /usr/dt/config/S69xdm /etc/rc2.d/S69xdm
A CDE Login screen will appear the next time the system is booted.
To Disable Desktop Auto-Start
-----------------------------
1. Log in as root.
2. From a command line, enter:
rm /etc/rc2.d/S69xdm
If you would like the original UnixWare Desktop Manager Login
to appear upon reboot:
/usr/X/bin/enable_glogin
- OR -
If a copy of S69xdm was saved as outlined in the section
"To Enable Desktop Auto-Start":
mv /etc/S69xdm.preCDE /etc/rc2.d/S69xdm
The UnixWare Desktop Manager Login will appear
the next time the system is rebooted.

11
cde/admin/IntegTools/dbTools/Imakefile Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
XCOMM $XConsortium: Imakefile /main/5 1996/04/23 21:26:14 drk $
LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES = -DCDE_INSTALLATION_TOP=$(CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP) \
-DCDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP=$(CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP) \
-DCDE_LOGFILES_TOP=$(CDE_LOGFILES_TOP) \
-Usun -Uusl -Uuxp -Uaix -Udec -UAIX -Uibm -Uhp
AllTarget(installCDE dinstallCDE)
CppScriptTarget(installCDE,installCDE.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppScriptTarget(dinstallCDE,dinstallCDE.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)

216
cde/admin/IntegTools/dbTools/UDB.format Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
UDB FILE FORMAT
The udb (universal data base) format attempts to allow product delivery
information for several closely related products to co-exist in the
same database file. This is an HP Corvallis home-grown format which
was originally created to deal with the delivery of similar products
on hp-ux, domain and osf platforms.
The format is meant to be more or less free form without regard to
intervening newlines or whitespace. Comments violate this principle
by being line oriented. Any line whose first non-whitespace character
is a '#' is considered a comment. A semi-colon may be placed between
two identifiers to break them up into separate tokens. If more than
one keyword/value pair is placed on a line, semi-colons can be used
to separate them visually. The semi-colons are ignored by the parser.
The special syntax characters ( "{",":",";","=","}") may be embedded
in an identifier by escaping them with a backslash.
Semantic Note:
The tools associated with the udb databases apply semantic meaning
to seven kinds of information about a file. There are seven Special
Tokens which may be used to identify the keywords with which the
semantic information should be associated.
Special Token description
------------ -----------
<SRC> The path (relative to the top of a
build tree) to the source of a
product deliverable file.
<DEST> The full destination path location of
a deliverable file in the target
machine's file system.
<LNK> The full path name (in the target
machine's file system) of the source
file for a symbolic link. (i.e. The file
pointed to).
<TYPE> The kind of file object being installed.
(i.e. file, sym_link, hard_link,
directory, etc. )
<MODE> The (numeric) permissions assigned to
the new object. This value should be
in the usual octal notation.
<OWNER> The symbolic name of the owner of the
new file.
<GROUP> The symbolic name of the group of the
new file.
The hp-ux fileset databases have traditionally used the
following keywords for these items:
hpux keyword Special Token
------------ -----------
a_out_location : <SRC>
install_target : <DEST>
link_source : <LNK>
type : <TYPE>
mode : <MODE>
owner : <OWNER>
group : <GROUP>
The default for the udb databases is to associate the <SRC> semantics
with the "a_out_location" keyword, the <DEST> semantics with the
"install_target" keyword, etc. This behavior may be modified by
assigning a special token to a keyword in the Release Definition
Section of the database file.
General Format:
A udb file has two sections. First, a Release Definition Section,
which describes the keyword pairs to be maintained for a given
release stream and second, the individual file records for each
file which is to be delivered.
1) Release Definition Section
The Release Definition Section defines the keyword-value
pairs which are to be maintained for each release. The
release_id is an identifier which is used to identify the
set of defaults for a particular release. The special
release_id of "default" is used specify the default set
of keyword/value pairs for an undefined release_id. The
values associated with keywords in this section provide
defaults for those keywords in later File Entries.
The name and number of these pairs need not be the same for
all release streams.
------------------------------
For example:
The following entry in the Release Definition Section
{ hpux : defaults
src = <SRC>
dest = <DEST>
link_source =
type = file
perm = <MODE>
perm = 0555
owner = bin
group = bin
project = xwindows
}
defines the defaults for the "hpux" release stream. It
states that we should maintain information about src, dest, link_source, type, perm, owner, group and project in the database. Furthermore
the semantics of <SRC> are to be associated with the keyword "src",
<DEST> with "dest", link_source is associated with <LNK> by default,
and type is associated with <TYPE> by default. Note that we associate
perm with <MODE> semantics and supply a default value (0555) different
from the automatic 0444 default. Owner and group have their usual
meaning and a field called "project" is defined with a default value
of "xwindows". No semantic information is known about the "project"
field but it's value will be maintained.
-------------------------
2) File Entries
After the Release Definition Section, come the entries for
the deliverable files comprising the release. The build-tree-top
relative path name of a source file is followed by one or more
destination specifications which describe where in the product
this file should go, as well as the ownerships/permissions etc. that
should be associated with it. Any missing keyword/value pairs will
be filled in by the defaults provided in the Release Definition
Section.
Information may differ between release
streams. If there is no destination spec for a given release and
there is no "default" destination spec then that souce file will
not be delivered for that release. The "default" destination spec
(if it exists) should come last and is applied for release streams
that do not have more specific destination specs.
-------------------
For example The following file entry:
cose/unity1/types/coe.vf
{ hp-ux
install_target = /usr/coe/newconfig/coe.vf
}
{ aix
install_target = /usr/coe/types/coe.vf
}
{ default
install_target = /var/coe/types/coe.vf
owner = sys
group = admin
}
states that on hp-ux the file found at
$(TOP)/cose/unity1/types/coe.vf in the build tree, is to be delivered
to "/usr/coe/newconfig/coe.vf" on hp-ux; "/usr/coe/types/coe.vf" on
aix; and "/var/coe/types/coe.vf" on all other release platforms. In
addition, on all platforms other than hp-ux and aix the default
owner and group (usually bin,bin) are replaced by sys,admin for this
file.
------------------
Pseudo-BNF:
Here follows a pseudo-BNF description of the syntax of a
udb file:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
udbFile = release_definition_section file_records
release_definition_section = release_def release_definition_section |
release_def
release_def = "{" release_id ":" "defaults" record_defs "}"
release_id = "hp-ux" | "aix" | "sun" | "usl" | "uxp" | "default"
record_defs = keyword_def "=" special_token |
keyword_def "=" keyword_value
special_token = "<SRC>" | "<DEST>" | "<LNK>" |
"<TYPE>" | "<MODE>" | "<OWNER>" | "<GROUP>"
keyword_def = identifier
keyword_value = identifier
file_records = file_rec file_records |
file_rec
file_rec = src_spec dest_specs
src_spec = a_out_loc | link_path
a_out_loc = < the build tree-top relative path to the source file >
link_path = < the full path to the link source in the product >
dest_specs = dest_spec dest_specs |
dest_spec
dest_spec = "{" release_id value_specs "}"
value_spec = keyword "=" value
keyword = identifier
value = identifier
identifier = < any sequence of non-whitespace characters which
does not contain an unescaped instance of one of
the syntax_chars >
syntax_chars = "{", ":", ";", "=", "}"

82
cde/admin/IntegTools/dbTools/UDB.tools Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
UDB TOOLS
---------
The udb tools are located in the shared source tree in:
/x/cdesrc/admin/IntegTools/dbTools
The basic tools for manipulating "udb" databases are:
udbParseLib.awk -- the awk parser for "udb" files.
This awk file contains functions which read the udb
databases into memory and set up awk-style
associative arrays of keyword value pairs
for all the file entries. This "library"
also contains the default set of print
routines that allow the database information
to be printed in a number of different
formats.
Custom print routines can easily
be written by following the conventions used
in the default print routines.
This parser is used by "udbToAny.ksh" and other
scripts which manipulate the ".udb" databases.
udbToAny.ksh -- A ksh front end which allows the contents of the
"udb" file to be transformed into a number of different
formats. It also accepts the name of "custom" awk print
routine which can do new and mysterious things. The
most useful output at present is the "-toLst" option which
produces output suitable for the "mkProd" script.
NOTE: This script accepts more than one "udb" file
as input but only the Release Definitions from the first
udb file will be applied.
mkProd -- a ksh script which will create a product tree from the
files in a build tree based on the contents of its input.
This script takes a one-line format (.lst format) as input.
This one-line format can be generated from a "udb" file by
using the "-toLst" option in "udbToAny.ksh".
This script calls two other ksh scripts "uncomment"
and "linksLast". They do very simple tasks and should
probably be rewritten as simple ksh functions in mkProd.
NOTE: There is shell code to do automatic stripping of
executables and compression of man pages etc. but
most of that is turned off.
There are other more complicated tools that act on "udb" databases,
but they are hp-ux specific.
Example 1
---------
Suppose /x/cde_hpux is a build tree containing a successful hpux build.
Suppose COE-RUN.udb and COE-RUN-ADMIN.udb are databases defining the
COE-RUN product.
To create a product tree at: "/prod/hpux/COE-RUN"
run the following two commands (as root):
1) udbToAny.ksh -ReleaseStream hp-ux -toLst COE-RUN.udb COE-RUN-ADMIN.udb > COE-RUN.lst
2) mkProd -D /prod/hpux/COE-RUN -S /x/cde_hpux COE-RUN.lst
NOTE: mkProd -f COE-RUN -D /prod/hpux -S /x/cde_hpux COE-RUN.lst
would produce essentially the same results as 2) above.
Example 2
---------
Suppose we wanted to install the above bits on a test system. Then
as root:
1) udbToAny.ksh -ReleaseStream hp-ux -toLst COE-RUN.udb COE-RUN-ADMIN.udb
| mkProd -D / -S /x/cde_hpux
will install the bits on your root file system.

311
cde/admin/IntegTools/dbTools/dinstallCDE.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM $XConsortium: dinstallCDE.src /main/8 1996/11/25 14:20:36 drk $
XCOMM
XCOMM This script uses the 'CDE' configuration scripts to de-install the Desktop
XCOMM environment.
XCOMM
XCOMM this script accepts the following parameters:
XCOMM
XCOMM Optional parameters:
XCOMM
XCOMM -f <filesets> -- a quoted, space-separated list of
XCOMM filesets to unload. The .udb
XCOMM extension is not required.
XCOMM
XCOMM -clean -- remove the temporaray and configuration directories
XCOMM -cleanVar-- remove the temporary directory but NOT the
XCOMM configuration directory
XCOMM -prog -- load only the development environment
XCOMM -runtime -- load only the runtime environment
XCOMM
XCOMM ##########################################################################
#define HASH #
#define STAR *
REVISION="$(echo "$Revision: /main/8 $" | awk '{print $2}')"
Log()
{
echo "$1" | tee -a /tmp/dinstallCDE.log
}
DoFilesetScript()
{
typeset ScriptName
FilesetName=$1
ScriptName=$2 # use long config file name (configFoo)
test_string=${DATABASE_FILES#*$FilesetName}
if (( ${#DATABASE_FILES} > ${#test_string} ))
then
if [ -x $POST_INSTALL_DIR/$PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR/$ScriptName ]
then
Log "Executing $PLATFORM specific $FilesetName de-customize script"
$POST_INSTALL_DIR/$PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR/$ScriptName -d 2>&1 | \
tee -a /tmp/$ScriptName.dverify
elif [ -x $POST_INSTALL_DIR/$ScriptName ]
then
Log "Executing $FilesetName de-customize script"
$POST_INSTALL_DIR/$ScriptName -d 2>&1 | tee -a /tmp/$ScriptName.dverify
fi
fi
}
DoLangScript()
{
typeset ScriptName
if [ "$BUILD_TREE" = "" ]; then
ScriptName=$2 # use short config file name (foo.cfg)
else
ScriptName=$1 # use long config file name (configFoo)
fi
if [ $CDECONFIGDIR = "CONFIG" ]; then
typeset -u ScriptName
fi
if [ -x $POST_INSTALL_DIR/$PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR/$ScriptName ]
then
Log "Executing $PLATFORM specific $FilesetName de-customize script"
$POST_INSTALL_DIR/$PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR/$ScriptName -d $3 2>&1 | \
tee -a /tmp/$ScriptName.dverify
elif [ -x $POST_INSTALL_DIR/$ScriptName ]
then
Log "Executing $FilesetName de-customize script"
$POST_INSTALL_DIR/$ScriptName -d $3 2>&1 | tee -a /tmp/$ScriptName.dverify
fi
}
DoScripts()
{
Log " "
DoFilesetScript CDE-TT configTT tt.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-MIN configMin min.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-RUN configRun run.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-HELP-C configHelp help.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-HELP-PRG configHelpPrg helpprg.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-HELP-RUN configHelpRun helprun.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-SHLIBS configShlibs shlibs.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-DEMOS configDemos demos.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-FONTS configFonts fonts.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-ICONS configIcons icons.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-INC configInc inc.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-MAN configMan man.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-MAN-DEV configManDev mandev.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-MSG-C configMsgCat msgcat.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-PRG configPrg prg.cfg
HASH see if a lang has been specified and configure backdrops and
HASH palettes if it has.
if [ "$LangOption" != "" ]
then
DoLangScript configLang lang.cfg $theLang
fi
}
USAGE()
{
echo "Usage: $(basename $0) [options]"
echo ""
echo "\tOptions:"
echo ""
echo "\t[-a <udb directory>]\t\talternate place to get the"
echo "\t\t\t\t\tudb files from."
echo "\t[-f <filesets>]\t\t\tspecify filesets to be unloaded."
echo "\t\t\t\t\tThe list should be double-quoted,"
echo "\t\t\t\t\tspace-separated, with no .udb"
echo "\t\t\t\t\textensions."
echo ""
echo "\t[-clean]\t\t\tremove the temporary and configuration"
echo "\t\t\t\t\tdirectories"
echo "\t[-cleanVar]\t\t\tremove the temporary but NOT the "
echo "\t\t\t\t\tconfiguration directory"
echo "\t[-prog]\t\t\t\tload only the development environment"
echo "\t[-runtime]\t\t\tload only the runtime environment"
echo "\t[-relative]\t\t\trun the relative-located config scripts"
echo "\t[-lang LANG]\t\t\tspecify LANG to use for backdrops and"
echo "\t\t\t\t\tpalettes"
echo ""
}
ORIGINAL_COMMAND_LINE="$*"
XCOMM Set which system we are on
BUILDSYSTEM=$(uname)
PLATFORM=""
PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR=""
XCOMM
XCOMM Set system
XCOMM
if [ $BUILDSYSTEM = "AIX" ];
then
PLATFORM=aix
PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR=ibm
elif [ $BUILDSYSTEM = "SunOS" ];
then
PLATFORM=sun
PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR=sun
elif [ $BUILDSYSTEM = "UNIX_SV" ];
then
PLATFORM=usl
PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR=usl
elif [ $BUILDSYSTEM = "UNIX_System_V" ];
then
PLATFORM=uxp
PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR=uxp
elif [ $BUILDSYSTEM = "OSF1" ];
then
PLATFORM=dec
PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR=dec
else # Build system = HP
PLATFORM=hp-ux
PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR=hp
fi
if [ "$PLATFORM" = "aix" ];
then
USER=`/bin/whoami`
elif [ "$PLATFORM" = "sun" -o "$PLATFORM" = "usl" -o "$PLATFORM" = "uxp" ];
then
USER=`/usr/ucb/whoami`
else
USER=`/usr/bin/whoami`
fi
if [ "$USER" != "root" ];
then
USAGE
echo ""
echo "You must be root to run this script"
echo ""
exit 1
fi
PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/etc:/usr/bin/X11:
export PATH
CLEANING="no"
CLEANING_ETC="no"
USE_ALTERNATE_UDB_DIR="no"
USE_RELATIVE="no"
STARTING_DIR=$PWD
DATABASE_FILES=""
LeaveLinks="no"
REMOVE_LINKS="no"
CLEAN_DAEMONS="yes"
theLang=""
DEVELOP_ENV="yes"
RUNTIME_ENV="yes"
rm -f /tmp/dinstallCDE.log
Log "Options specified..."
while [ $# -ne 0 ]; do
case $1 in
-a) Log " - alternate place to get the udb files from"
shift;
[ $# -ne 0 ] || {
USAGE
exit 1;
}
ALTERNATE_UDB_DIR=$1
USE_ALTERNATE_UDB_DIR="yes"
shift;
;;
-f) Log " - load specific filesets"
shift;
[ $# -ne 0 ] || {
USAGE
exit 1;
}
DATABASE_FILES=$1
shift;
;;
-clean) Log " - delete all three cde directories"
CLEANING="yes"
CLEANING_ETC="yes"
shift;
;;
-cleanVar) Log " - delete only temporary and installation directories"
CLEANING="yes"
shift;
;;
-relative) Log " - run the relative-located config scripts"
USE_RELATIVE="yes"
shift;
;;
-prog) Log " - remove only the development environment"
RUNTIME_ENV="no"
shift;
;;
-runtime) Log " - remove only the runtime environment"
DEVELOP_ENV="no"
shift;
;;
-lang) Log " - configure backdrops and palettes for LANG"
shift;
[ $# -ne 0 ] || {
USAGE
exit 1;
}
theLang=$1
shift;
;;
esac
done
echo ""
TOOL_DIR=$BUILD_TREE/admin/IntegTools/dbTools
if [ "$USE_RELATIVE" = "yes" ]
then
POST_INSTALL_DIR=../post_install
else
POST_INSTALL_DIR=$BUILD_TREE/admin/IntegTools/post_install
fi
if [ "$USE_ALTERNATE_UDB_DIR" = "yes" ]
then
DATABASE_DIR=$ALTERNATE_UDB_DIR/databases
else
DATABASE_DIR=$BUILD_TREE/databases
fi
if [ "$DATABASE_FILES" = "" ]
then
if [ "$DEVELOP_ENV" = "yes" -a "$RUNTIME_ENV" = "yes" ]
then
DATABASE_FILES="CDE-RUN CDE-MIN CDE-TT CDE-MAN CDE-HELP-RUN CDE-C \
CDE-MSG-C CDE-HELP-C CDE-SHLIBS CDE-HELP-PRG \
CDE-PRG CDE-INC CDE-DEMOS CDE-MAN-DEV CDE-ICONS \
CDE-FONTS"
elif [ "$DEVELOP_ENV" = "yes" ]
then
DATABASE_FILES="CDE-HELP-PRG CDE-PRG CDE-INC CDE-DEMOS \
CDE-MAN-DEV CDE-SHLIBS"
elif [ "$RUNTIME_ENV" = "yes" ]
then
DATABASE_FILES="CDE-RUN CDE-MIN CDE-TT CDE-MAN CDE-HELP-RUN CDE-C \
CDE-HELP-C CDE-MSG-C CDE-SHLIBS CDE-ICONS CDE-FONTS"
fi
fi
INSTALL_LOCATION=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
CONFIGURE_LOCATION=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
LOGFILES_LOCATION=CDE_LOGFILES_TOP
DoScripts
echo "Done."
echo ""
echo "See /tmp/dinstallCDE.log for a log of this de-install session."
echo ""

964
cde/admin/IntegTools/dbTools/installCDE.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,964 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM $XConsortium: installCDE.src /main/20 1996/11/25 14:21:13 drk $
XCOMM
XCOMM This script uses the 'CDE' databases to install either the Desktop
XCOMM environment on a specified machine or creates a tar ball to be used
XCOMM in an install process.
XCOMM
XCOMM this script accepts the following parameters:
XCOMM -s <source> -- The top of build tree where the files are
XCOMM gathered from.
XCOMM -z <package> -- The desktop install package
XCOMM
XCOMM Optional parameters:
XCOMM
XCOMM -t <package destination> -- where to store install package
XCOMM -pI <actual install location> -- where CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP will be linked to.
XCOMM -pC <actual config location> -- where CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP will be linked to.
XCOMM -pV <actual var location> -- where CDE_LOGFILES_TOP will be linked to.
XCOMM -a <alternate udb directory>
XCOMM -f <filesets> -- a quoted, space-separated list of
XCOMM filesets to load. The .udb extension
XCOMM is not required.
XCOMM
XCOMM -clean -- remove the temporary, configuration and installation
XCOMM directories
XCOMM -cleanTwo-- remove the temporary and installation directories
XCOMM but NOT the configuration directory
XCOMM -cleanEtc-- remove the configuration directories
XCOMM -prog -- load only the development environment
XCOMM -runtime -- load only the runtime environment
XCOMM -pack -- create packing list
XCOMM -pseudo -- don't configure the desktop
XCOMM -nocompress -- don't compress the tarball (-t only)
XCOMM
XCOMM -Lang -- load the localized filesets
XCOMM -LinkStepOnly -- set up the -pI, -pC, and -pV links
XCOMM then exit
XCOMM -DontRunScripts -- stop after installation
XCOMM -RunScriptsOnly -- only execute the scripts
XCOMM -configureOnly -- only configure the desktop
XCOMM
XCOMM ##########################################################################
#define HASH #
#define STAR *
REVISION="$(echo "$Revision: /main/20 $" | awk '{print $2}')"
Log()
{
echo "$1" | tee -a /tmp/installCDE.log
}
MakeTarball()
{
Log "\nGenerating UNIX Desktop install package $DATE in $TARBALL_LOCATION"
HASH
HASH create installable tarball
HASH
Log "Creating tarball..."
if [ $PLATFORM = "usl" -o "$PLATFORM" = "uxp" ]
then
ulimit -f unlimited
fi
DIRNAME=build.$DATE
mkdir -p $TARBALL_LOCATION/$DIRNAME
cd /
echo $DATE >$LOGFILES_LOCATION/.build.$DATE
chown bin $LOGFILES_LOCATION/.build.$DATE
if [ "$COMPRESS_TARBALL" = "yes" ]; then
tar -cf - $INSTALL_LOCATION/STAR \
2>$TARBALL_LOCATION/$DIRNAME/extract.err |
compress -c >$TARBALL_LOCATION/$DIRNAME/dttar.Z
else
tar -cf $TARBALL_LOCATION/$DIRNAME/dt.tar \
$INSTALL_LOCATION/STAR \
2>$TARBALL_LOCATION/$DIRNAME/extract.err 2>&1
fi
if [ "$ACTUAL_INSTALLATION_LOC" = "" ]; then
actualInstallDir=$INSTALL_LOCATION
else
actualInstallDir=$ACTUAL_INSTALLATION_LOC
fi
let size=$(du -s $actualInstallDir | awk '{print $1}')*512
HASH load installation fileset *after* tarball generated
LoadFileSet "" "CDE-INSTALL"
HASH create config dir
destPost=$TARBALL_LOCATION/$DIRNAME/config
mkdir $destPost
HASH copy config and platform config scripts
src=$INSTALL_LOCATION/install/$PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR
cp $src/config/STAR.cfg $destPost
HASH copy this script and install.dt platform overrides
cp $src/install.dto $TARBALL_LOCATION/$DIRNAME/install.dto
cp $src/install.cde $TARBALL_LOCATION/$DIRNAME/install.cde
chmod 755 $TARBALL_LOCATION/$DIRNAME/install.cde
cd /
Log "done."
cat >$TARBALL_LOCATION/$DIRNAME/dt.pkg <<FIN
PLATFORM: $PLATFORM
VERSION: $REVISION
TS: $DATE
COMPRESSED: $COMPRESS_TARBALL
SIZE: $size
CL: $ORIGINAL_COMMAND_LINE
FILESETS: $DATABASE_FILES
FIN
cat >$TARBALL_LOCATION/$DIRNAME/build.status <<FIN
The UNIX Desktop
BUILD: $DATE
OVERALL STATUS: <not yet tested>
OVERALL PERFORMANCE: <not yet tested>
MAJOR PROBLEMS: <not yet tested>
FIN
chmod g+w $TARBALL_LOCATION/$DIRNAME/build.status
}
DoFilesetScript()
{
typeset ScriptName
FilesetName=$1
if [ "$BUILD_TREE" = "" ]; then
ScriptName=$3 # use short config file name (foo.cfg)
else
ScriptName=$2 # use long config file name (configFoo)
fi
if [ $CDECONFIGDIR = "CONFIG" ]; then
typeset -u ScriptName
fi
test_string=${DATABASE_FILES#*$FilesetName}
if (( ${#DATABASE_FILES} > ${#test_string} ))
then
if [ -x $POST_INSTALL_DIR/$PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR/$ScriptName ]
then
Log "Executing $PLATFORM specific $FilesetName customize script"
$POST_INSTALL_DIR/$PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR/$ScriptName -e 2>&1 | \
tee -a /tmp/installCDE.log
elif [ -x $POST_INSTALL_DIR/$ScriptName ]
then
Log "Executing $FilesetName customize script"
$POST_INSTALL_DIR/$ScriptName -e 2>&1 | tee -a /tmp/installCDE.log
fi
fi
}
DoScripts()
{
Log " "
DoFilesetScript CDE-TT configTT tt.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-MIN configMin min.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-SHLIBS configShlibs shlibs.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-RUN configRun run.cfg
}
CreatePackingList()
{
Log " "
Log "Creating packing list."
touch $INSTALL_LOCATION/Packing_list
for i in `echo $DATABASE_FILES`
do
Log " for $i"
$TOOL_DIR/udbToAny.ksh -toDB -ReleaseStream $PLATFORM $DATABASE_DIR/${i}.udb > /tmp/${i}.db
if [ -r /tmp/${i}.db ]
then
for file in `fgrep install_target /tmp/${i}.db | cut -sf 2 -d \: `
do
echo "$file" >>$INSTALL_LOCATION/Packing_list
done
fi
done
}
CleanDaemons()
{
HASH kill these processes so that they can be removed and new ones
HASH installed
for i in inetd rpc.ttdbserver rpc.cmsd
do
if [ "$PLATFORM" = "aix" -a $i = "inetd" ]
then
lssrc -s inetd >/dev/null 2>&1
if [ $? = "0" ]
then
stopsrc -s inetd >>/tmp/installCDE.log 2>&1
fi
else
ps -ef | grep $i | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if [ -s /tmp/tmppsout ]
then
awk '{print "kill " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/csh -f
sleep 2
fi
fi
done
rm -f /tmp/tmppsout
}
RestartInetd()
{
HASH now restart inetd
OLDPWD=`pwd`
cd /
if [ "$PLATFORM" = "sun" -o "$PLATFORM" = "usl" -o "$PLATFORM" = "uxp" ]
then
/usr/sbin/inetd -s
elif [ "$PLATFORM" = "aix" ]
then
startsrc -s inetd >>/tmp/installCDE.log 2>&1
elif [ "$PLATFORM" = "dec" ]
then
/usr/sbin/inetd
else
#ifdef hpV4
/usr/sbin/inetd
#else
/etc/inetd
#endif
fi
cd $OLDPWD
}
CheckForActualLocations()
{
XCOMM
XCOMM if different actual locations specified, set up the links
XCOMM
if [ "$CLEAN_DAEMONS" = "yes" ]
then
CleanDaemons
fi
HASH remove the contents of the installation directory then the directory
HASH itself
if [ "$CLEANING" = "yes" ]
then
Log "Removing $INSTALL_LOCATION contents... "
if [ -d $INSTALL_LOCATION ]
then
rm -rf $INSTALL_LOCATION/STAR
if [ "$LeaveLinks" = "yes" ]
then
if [ ! -L $INSTALL_LOCATION ]
then
rm -rf $INSTALL_LOCATION
fi
else
if [ -L $INSTALL_LOCATION ]
then
rm -f $INSTALL_LOCATION
else
rm -rf $INSTALL_LOCATION
fi
fi
fi
fi
if [ "$CONFIGURE_ONLY" = "no" ]
then
if [ "$ACTUAL_INSTALLATION_LOC" != "" ]
then
HASH
HASH first create the actual directory - if not there
HASH
if [ ! -d $ACTUAL_INSTALLATION_LOC ]
then
mkdir -p $ACTUAL_INSTALLATION_LOC
if [ ! -d $ACTUAL_INSTALLATION_LOC ]
then
Log "cannot create $ACTUAL_INSTALLATION_LOC directory"
exit 1
fi
fi
ln -s $ACTUAL_INSTALLATION_LOC $INSTALL_LOCATION
else
if [ ! -d $INSTALL_LOCATION -a ! -L $INSTALL_LOCATION ];
then
mkdir -p $INSTALL_LOCATION
fi
fi
fi
if [ "$CLEAN_DAEMONS" = "yes" ]
then
RestartInetd
fi
HASH remove the contents of the configuration directory
if [ "$CLEANING_ETC" = "yes" ]
then
Log "Removing $CONFIGURE_LOCATION contents... "
if [ -d $CONFIGURE_LOCATION ]
then
rm -rf $CONFIGURE_LOCATION/STAR
if [ "$LeaveLinks" = "yes" ]
then
if [ ! -L $CONFIGURE_LOCATION ]
then
rm -rf $CONFIGURE_LOCATION
fi
else
if [ -L $CONFIGURE_LOCATION ]
then
rm -f $CONFIGURE_LOCATION
else
rm -rf $CONFIGURE_LOCATION
fi
fi
fi
fi
if [ "$ACTUAL_CONFIGURATION_LOC" != "" ]
then
if [ ! -d $ACTUAL_CONFIGURATION_LOC ]
then
mkdir -p $ACTUAL_CONFIGURATION_LOC
if [ ! -d $ACTUAL_CONFIGURATION_LOC ]
then
Log "cannot create $ACTUAL_CONFIGURATION_LOC directory"
exit 1
fi
fi
ln -s $ACTUAL_CONFIGURATION_LOC $CONFIGURE_LOCATION
else
if [ ! -d $CONFIGURE_LOCATION -a ! -L $CONFIGURE_LOCATION ];
then
mkdir -p $CONFIGURE_LOCATION
fi
fi
if [ "$CLEANING" = "yes" ]
then
Log "Removing $LOGFILES_LOCATION contents... "
if [ -d $LOGFILES_LOCATION ]
then
rm -rf $LOGFILES_LOCATION/STAR
if [ "$LeaveLinks" = "yes" ]
then
if [ ! -L $LOGFILES_LOCATION ]
then
rm -rf $LOGFILES_LOCATION
fi
else
if [ -L $LOGFILES_LOCATION ]
then
rm -f $LOGFILES_LOCATION
else
rm -rf $LOGFILES_LOCATION
fi
fi
fi
fi
if [ "$ACTUAL_VAR_LOC" != "" ]
then
if [ ! -d $ACTUAL_VAR_LOC ]
then
mkdir -p $ACTUAL_VAR_LOC
if [ ! -d $ACTUAL_VAR_LOC ]
then
Log "cannot create $ACTUAL_VAR_LOC directory"
exit 1
fi
fi
ln -s $ACTUAL_VAR_LOC $LOGFILES_LOCATION
else
if [ ! -d $LOGFILES_LOCATION -a ! -L $LOGFILES_LOCATION ];
then
mkdir -p $LOGFILES_LOCATION
fi
fi
Log " "
}
USAGE()
{
echo "Usage: $(basename $0) {-s <source>|-z <package>} [options]"
echo ""
echo "\t-s <source>\t\t\tthe top of the build tree"
echo "\t-z <package>\t\tthe desktop install package"
echo ""
echo "\tOptions:"
echo ""
echo "\t[-t <package_destination>]\tif specified create an"
echo "\t\t\t\t\tinstall package and store it in the"
echo "\t\t\t\t\tdestination."
echo "\t[-pI <actual install location>]\twhere" CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP "will be linked to."
echo "\t[-pC <actual config location>]\twhere" CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP "will be linked to."
echo "\t[-pV <actual var location>]\twhere" CDE_LOGFILES_TOP "will be linked to."
echo ""
echo "\t[-a <udb directory>]\t\talternate place to get the"
echo "\t\t\t\t\tudb files from."
echo "\t[-f <filesets>]\t\t\tspecify filesets to be loaded."
echo "\t\t\t\t\tThe list should be double-quoted,"
echo "\t\t\t\t\tspace-separated, with no .udb"
echo "\t\t\t\t\textensions."
echo ""
echo "\t[-clean]\t\t\tremove the temporary, configuration, and"
echo "\t\t\t\t\tinstallation directory"
echo "\t[-cleanTwo]\t\t\tremove the temporary and installation "
echo "\t\t\t\t\tdirectory, but NOT the configuration directory"
echo "\t[-cleanEtc]\t\t\tremove the configuration directory, but "
echo "\t\t\t\t\NOT the temporary and installation directories"
echo "\t[-prog]\t\t\t\tload only the development environment"
echo "\t[-runtime]\t\t\tload only the runtime environment"
echo "\t[-relative]\t\t\trun the relative-located config scripts"
echo "\t[-pack]\t\t\t\tcreate a packing list"
echo "\t[-pseudo]\t\t\tdo not configure desktop when installing"
echo "\t[-nocompress]\t\t\tdo not compress tarball when creating package"
echo "\t[-lang LANG]\t\t\tspecify LANG to load appropriate localized"
echo "\t\t\t\t\tfilesets"
echo "\t[-LeaveLinks]\t\t\t\tdo not delete the links after cleaning"
echo ""
echo "\t[-LinkStepOnly]\t\t\tset up the -pI, -pC, and -pV links"
echo "\t\t\t\t\tthen exit"
echo "\t[-DontRunScripts]\t\tstop after installation"
echo "\t[-RunScriptsOnly]\t\tonly execute the scripts"
echo "\t[-configureOnly]\t\tonly configure the desktop"
echo ""
echo "\tExamples:"
echo ""
echo "\tinstallCDE -s /x/cde_hp700_90"
echo "\tinstallCDE -s /x/cde_aix_32 -f \"CDE_MIN CDE-SHLIBS\""
echo "\tinstallCDE -s /x/cde_sun_52 -pI /bigdisk/opt/dt -clean"
echo "\tinstallCDE -s /x/cde_sun_52 -pI /dtinstall -clean\\"
echo "\t\t-pseudo -t /dtpackages -nocompress"
}
XCOMM
XCOMM LoadFileSet() - load a UDB file
XCOMM $1 - fileset number
XCOMM $2 - fileset name
XCOMM
LoadFileSet()
{
if [ "$1" = "" ]; then
num=""
else
num="$1."
fi
Log " $num installing database $2"
Log " - creating ${2}.lst file"
$TOOL_DIR/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $PLATFORM \
$DATABASE_DIR/${2}.udb > /tmp/${2}.lst
Log " - installing ... \c"
$TOOL_DIR/mkProd -D / -S $BUILD_TREE /tmp/${2}.lst \
2>/tmp/${2}.err 1>/tmp/${2}.good
Log "done."
Log " - checking for errors ..."
rm -f /tmp/${2}.missing
awk '{if ($1 == "ERROR:") print " " $4}' \
/tmp/${2}.err >> /tmp/${2}.missing
if [ -s /tmp/${2}.missing ]
then
Log " - missing files:"
cat /tmp/${2}.missing | tee -a /tmp/installCDE.log
fi
}
ORIGINAL_COMMAND_LINE="$*"
XCOMM Set which system we are on
BUILDSYSTEM=$(uname)
PLATFORM=""
PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR=""
XCOMM
XCOMM Set system
XCOMM
if [ $BUILDSYSTEM = "AIX" ];
then
PLATFORM=aix
PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR=ibm
elif [ $BUILDSYSTEM = "SunOS" ];
then
PLATFORM=sun
PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR=sun
elif [ $BUILDSYSTEM = "UNIX_SV" ];
then
PLATFORM=usl
PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR=usl
elif [ $BUILDSYSTEM = "UNIX_System_V" ];
then
PLATFORM=uxp
PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR=uxp
elif [ $BUILDSYSTEM = "OSF1" ];
then
PLATFORM=dec
PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR=dec
else # Build system = HP
PLATFORM=hp-ux
PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR=hp
fi
if [ "$PLATFORM" = "aix" ];
then
USER=`/bin/whoami`
elif [ "$PLATFORM" = "sun" -o "$PLATFORM" = "usl" -o "$PLATFORM" = "uxp" ];
then
USER=`/usr/ucb/whoami`
else
USER=`/usr/bin/whoami`
fi
if [ "$USER" != "root" ];
then
USAGE
echo ""
echo "You must be root to run this script"
echo ""
exit 1
fi
if [ "$PLATFORM" = "usl" -o "$PLATFORM" = "uxp" ]
then
umask 000
fi
unset TMPDIR
PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/etc:/usr/bin/X11:
export PATH
CLEANING="no"
CLEANING_ETC="no"
TARBALL="no"
COMPRESS_TARBALL="yes"
USE_ALTERNATE_UDB_DIR="no"
DEVELOP_ENV="no"
RUNTIME_ENV="no"
USE_RELATIVE="no"
STARTING_DIR=$PWD
ACTUAL_INSTALLATION_LOC=""
ACTUAL_CONFIGURATION_LOC=""
ACTUAL_VAR_LOC=""
CREATE_PACKING_LIST="no"
DO_LINK_STEP_ONLY="no"
DO_INSTALL_ONLY="no"
RUN_SCRIPTS="yes"
RUN_SCRIPTS_ONLY="no"
DATABASE_FILES=""
BUILD_TREE=""
TAR_DIR=""
LeaveLinks="no"
REMOVE_LINKS="no"
CLEAN_DAEMONS="yes"
theLang=""
CONFIGURE_ONLY="no"
rm -f /tmp/installCDE.log
Log "Options specified..."
while [ $# -ne 0 ]; do
case $1 in
-s) Log " - get the build tree to extract from"
shift;
[ $# -ne 0 ] || {
USAGE
exit 1;
}
BUILD_TREE=$1
shift;
;;
-z) Log " - get the install package to extract from"
shift;
[ $# -ne 0 ] || {
USAGE
exit 1;
}
TAR_TREE=$1
shift;
;;
-t) Log " - where to put the install package"
shift;
[ $# -ne 0 ] || {
USAGE
exit 1;
}
if [ "$SOURCE_TAR_FILE" = "" ]
then
TARBALL="yes"
TARBALL_LOCATION=$1
fi
shift;
;;
-a) Log " - alternate place to get the udb files from"
shift;
[ $# -ne 0 ] || {
USAGE
exit 1;
}
ALTERNATE_UDB_DIR=$1
USE_ALTERNATE_UDB_DIR="yes"
shift;
;;
-f) Log " - load specific filesets"
shift;
[ $# -ne 0 ] || {
USAGE
exit 1;
}
DATABASE_FILES=$1
shift;
;;
-p) Log " - get all locations"
shift;
[ $# -ne 0 ] || {
USAGE
exit 1;
}
ACTUAL_INSTALLATION_LOC=$1
ACTUAL_CONFIGURATION_LOC=$1
ACTUAL_VAR_LOC=$1
shift;
;;
-pI) Log " - get actual installation location"
shift;
[ $# -ne 0 ] || {
USAGE
exit 1;
}
ACTUAL_INSTALLATION_LOC=$1
shift;
;;
-pC) Log " - get actual configuration location"
shift;
[ $# -ne 0 ] || {
USAGE
exit 1;
}
ACTUAL_CONFIGURATION_LOC=$1
shift;
;;
-pV) Log " - get actual var location"
shift;
[ $# -ne 0 ] || {
USAGE
exit 1;
}
ACTUAL_VAR_LOC=$1
shift;
;;
-clean) Log " - delete all three cde directories"
CLEANING="yes"
CLEANING_ETC="yes"
shift;
;;
-cleanTwo) Log " - delete only temporary and installation directories"
CLEANING="yes"
shift;
;;
-cleanEtc) Log " - delete only the configuration directory"
CLEANING_ETC="yes"
shift;
;;
-prog) Log " - load only the development environment"
DEVELOP_ENV="yes"
RUNTIME_ENV="no"
shift;
;;
-runtime) Log " - load only the runtime environment"
RUNTIME_ENV="yes"
DEVELOP_ENV="no"
shift;
;;
-relative) Log " - run the relative-located config scripts"
USE_RELATIVE="yes"
shift;
;;
-pack) Log " - create a packing list"
CREATE_PACKING_LIST="yes"
shift;
;;
-LeaveLinks) Log " - do not remove the links"
LeaveLinks="yes"
shift;
;;
-LinkStepOnly) Log " - do link step only"
DO_LINK_STEP_ONLY="yes"
shift;
;;
-DontRunScripts) Log " - stop after installation"
DO_INSTALL_ONLY="yes"
shift;
;;
-RunScriptsOnly) Log " - only run scripts"
RUN_SCRIPTS_ONLY="yes"
shift;
;;
-pseudo) Log " - pseudo install"
RUN_SCRIPTS="no"
REMOVE_LINKS="yes"
CLEAN_DAEMONS="no"
shift;
;;
-nocompress) Log " - do not compress tarball"
COMPRESS_TARBALL="no"
shift;
;;
-lang) Log " - load localized filesets"
shift;
[ $# -ne 0 ] || {
USAGE
exit 1;
}
theLang=$1
shift;
;;
-configureOnly) Log " - Configure only"
CONFIGURE_ONLY="yes"
CLEAN_DAEMONS="yes"
shift;
;;
*) Log " - unknown option"
USAGE
exit 1;
;;
esac
done
echo ""
if [ -z "$BUILD_TREE" -a -z "$TAR_TREE" ]
then
USAGE
exit 1
fi
if [ "$BUILD_TREE" != "" -a ! -d "$BUILD_TREE" ]
then
Log "Build tree does not exist."
exit 1
fi
if [ "$TAR_TREE" != "" -a ! -d "$TAR_TREE" ]
then
Log "Tar tree does not exist."
exit 1
fi
CDEPACKAGE=dt.pkg
CDETARFILE=dt.tar
CDETARFILEZ=dttar.Z
CDECONFIGDIR=config
XCOMM
XCOMM get the current time stamp if going to create a tarball
XCOMM
if [ $TARBALL = "yes" ];
then
set -- `/bin/date`
DATE=$2_$3_$4_$6
fi
if [ -z "$BUILD_TREE" -a ${0##STAR/} = INSTALL.CDE ]; then
typeset -u CDEPACKAGE
typeset -u CDETARFILE
typeset -u CDETARFILEZ
typeset -u CDECONFIGDIR
fi
TOOL_DIR=$BUILD_TREE/admin/IntegTools/dbTools
if [ "$USE_RELATIVE" = "yes" ]
then
POST_INSTALL_DIR=../post_install
else
if [ -z "$BUILD_TREE" ]
then
POST_INSTALL_DIR=$TAR_TREE/$CDECONFIGDIR
else
POST_INSTALL_DIR=$BUILD_TREE/admin/IntegTools/post_install
fi
fi
if [ "$USE_ALTERNATE_UDB_DIR" = "yes" ]
then
DATABASE_DIR=$ALTERNATE_UDB_DIR/databases
else
DATABASE_DIR=$BUILD_TREE/databases
fi
if [ "$DATABASE_FILES" = "" ]
then
if [ "$DEVELOP_ENV" = "yes" ]
then
DATABASE_FILES="CDE-HELP-PRG CDE-PRG CDE-INC CDE-DEMOS \
CDE-MAN-DEV CDE-SHLIBS"
elif [ "$RUNTIME_ENV" = "yes" ]
then
DATABASE_FILES="CDE-RUN CDE-MIN CDE-TT CDE-MAN CDE-HELP-RUN CDE-C \
CDE-HELP-C CDE-MSG-C CDE-SHLIBS CDE-ICONS CDE-FONTS \
CDE-INFO CDE-INFOLIB-C"
else
DATABASE_FILES="CDE-RUN CDE-MIN CDE-TT CDE-MAN CDE-HELP-RUN CDE-C \
CDE-MSG-C CDE-HELP-C CDE-SHLIBS CDE-HELP-PRG \
CDE-PRG CDE-INC CDE-DEMOS CDE-MAN-DEV CDE-ICONS \
CDE-FONTS CDE-INFO CDE-INFOLIB-C"
fi
HASH now load any localized filesets
if [ "$DEVELOP_ENV" != "yes" ]
then
if [ "$theLang" != "" ]
then
DATABASE_FILES="$DATABASE_FILES CDE-$theLang CDE-MSG-$theLang \
CDE-HELP-$theLang"
fi
fi
fi
INSTALL_LOCATION=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
CONFIGURE_LOCATION=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
LOGFILES_LOCATION=CDE_LOGFILES_TOP
if [ -L $INSTALL_LOCATION -a "$CONFIGURE_ONLY" != "yes" ]
then
touch $INSTALL_LOCATION/foo >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
if [ ! -f $INSTALL_LOCATION/foo ]
then
Log "Insufficient permissions to install CDE files in $INSTALL_LOCATION"
exit 1
fi
if [ ! -O $INSTALL_LOCATION/foo ]
then
Log "Root access to $INSTALL_LOCATION is required for CDE installation."
exit 1
fi
rm $INSTALL_LOCATION/foo
fi
if [ -d $INSTALL_LOCATION ]
then
if [ -x $INSTALL_LOCATION/bin -a ! -d $INSTALL_LOCATION/bin ]
then
rm -f $INSTALL_LOCATION/bin
fi
fi
if [ "$CONFIGURE_ONLY" = "yes" ]
then
CheckForActualLocations
DoScripts
Log "Configuration completed."
exit 0
fi
if [ "$RUN_SCRIPTS_ONLY" = "yes" ]
then
DoScripts
exit 0
fi
CheckForActualLocations
if [ "$DO_LINK_STEP_ONLY" = "yes" ]
then
exit 0
fi
if [ "$CREATE_PACKING_LIST" = "yes" ]
then
CreatePackingList
exit 0
fi
XCOMM
XCOMM we are ready to load the environment ...
XCOMM
if [ "$BUILD_TREE" != "" ]
then
Log "Load the Desktop from $BUILD_TREE"
cd $STARTING_DIR
let j=1
for i in `echo $DATABASE_FILES`
do
LoadFileSet "$j" "$i"
let j=j+1
done
else
Log "Load the Desktop from $TAR_TREE"
compressed=$(awk '/COMPRESSED: /{print $2}' $TAR_TREE/$CDEPACKAGE)
if [ "$compressed" = "yes" ]; then
uncompress <$TAR_TREE/$CDETARFILEZ | tar xvf - $INSTALL_LOCATION
else
tar -xvf $TAR_TREE/$CDETARFILE $INSTALL_LOCATION
fi
DATABASE_FILES=$(awk 'BEGIN {FS=":"} /FILESETS: /{print $2}' $TAR_TREE/$CDEPACKAGE)
fi
Log " "
Log "Desktop installed in $INSTALL_LOCATION"
if [ "$DO_INSTALL_ONLY" = "yes" ]
then
exit 0
fi
if [ $TARBALL = "yes" ];
then
MakeTarball
fi
cd $STARTING_DIR
if [ "$RUN_SCRIPTS" = "yes" ]
then
DoScripts
fi
if [ "$REMOVE_LINKS" = "yes" ]
then
[ -L /usr/dt ] && rm /usr/dt
[ -L /etc/dt ] && rm /etc/dt
[ -L /var/dt ] && rm /var/dt
fi
echo "Done."
echo ""
echo "See /tmp/installCDE.log for a log of this install session."
echo ""

23
cde/admin/IntegTools/dbTools/linksLast Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
#! /bin/ksh
#
# Script to move all link refereces in a ".lst" file
# to the end of the file.
#
USAGE="Usage: $0 file.lst"
case $# in
0) echo $USAGE;;
1);;
*) echo $USAGE;;
esac
awk '
/hard_link|sym_link/ { links[i++] = $0 ; next; }
{ print $0 }
END {
if ( i > 0 )
for ( i in links) print links[i];
}
' $@

650
cde/admin/IntegTools/dbTools/mkProd Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,650 @@
#! /bin/ksh
export SYSTYPE=bsd4.3
# This script is aimed at producing Apollo product tree but
# it should work as well on hp-ux systems. There is at least
# one special rule "-n" which should not be generated on hp-ux systems
# where it is not necessary to run nroff on the man page sources.
# Put "/etc" in the path
# because this is where "chown" appears on bsd4.3 systems (i.e. apollo).
# Put "/usr/apollo/bin" on the path to access "chacl" on apollo systems.
export PATH=":/etc:$PATH:/usr/apollo/bin:"
typeset STRIP=""
# this alias makes for more "beautiful" output.
alias echo=print
#
# Shell script to read a file full of destination/perm/source triples and
# create data base entries in a format suitable for 8.0 release. All other
# information defaults to the default values for now -- this should be correct
# in most cases but may require editing of the result for those cases
# needing special handling.
#
# Lst file syntax:
# [<install-flags>] <destination_path> <perm> <src> [ <type> <owner> <group> <status> <processor> <resp_proj> ]
#
# <install-rule> ==> [optional] 2 character field encoding special actions to be invoked when
# creating the product tree. In the absence of this field the file is subject
# to defaults based on its name,destination directory and permissions.
# valid values:
# -- Do nothing special
# c- compress the file
# -n run it through an nroff pipeline
# -s strip the file (should be a binary executable)
#
# <destination_path> ===> full path name on target system
# <perm> ===> numeric permission (with leading 0)
# <src> ===> build tree path name (relative to build tree root)
# | full path name of link source
# | "-" to ignore this field (source for directory not required)
# <type> ===> "file" | "empty_dir" | "directory" | "hard_link" | NULL
# <owner> ===> file owner name -- defaults to bin
# <group> ===> file group ownership --- defaults to bin
# <status> ===> "di----" default
# <processor> ===> valid processor "3-" | "-8" | "38" -- defaults to "38"
# <resp_proj> ===> responsible project --- defaults to "xwindows"
#
Usage="Usage: $0 [-f filesetName] -D <desttree> -S <srctree> <file> ...\n
\tfilesetName \t==> (optional) used to create subdirectory in desttree\n
\tdesttree \t==> destination directory\n
\tsrctree \t==> usually a build tree containing the source\n
\tfile \t\t==> data base file in \".lst\" format"
FILE='file'
STATUS='di----'
PROCESSOR='378'
DESTTREE='.'
if [ -f /com/ctnode ]; then
# Apollo systems
OWNER='root'
GROUP='staff'
# set flag used to test for soft links
LNKTST="L"
else
# hp-ux systems (and all other systems)
OWNER='bin'
GROUP='bin'
# set flag used to test for soft links
LNKTST="h"
fi
BUILD_TARGET='/'
INSTALL_RULE='--'
INSTALL_FLAGS=''
ORDER='0'
RESP_PROJ='xwindows'
# Set which system we are on
BUILDSYSTEM=$(uname)
# Set system
if [ $BUILDSYSTEM = "AIX" ];
then
PLATFORM=aix
elif [ $BUILDSYSTEM = "SunOS" ];
then
PLATFORM=sun
elif [ $BUILDSYSTEM = "UNIX_SV" ];
then
PLATFORM=usl
elif [ $BUILDSYSTEM = "UNIX_System_V" ];
then
PLATFORM=uxp
elif [ $BUILDSYSTEM = "OSF1" ];
then
PLATFORM=dec
else # Build system = HP
PLATFORM=hp-ux
fi
if [ $PLATFORM = "aix" ];
then
USER=`/bin/whoami`
elif [ $PLATFORM = "sun" -o $PLATFORM = "usl" -o $PLATFORM = "uxp" ];
then
USER=`/usr/ucb/whoami`
else
USER=`/usr/bin/whoami`
fi
awkit() {
awk '
BEGIN {
print "#"
print "# TYPE RULE SRC DEST MODE OWNER GROUP LINKSRC"
print ""
}
/^[ ]*#/ { next }
{
# initialize install_rule to NULL
install_rule=""
# skip blank lines
if ( NF == 0 )
next
# do a little syntax checking
if ( $1 !~ /\// ) {
# check for special install_rule values
if ( $1 ~ /[-c][-ns]/ ) {
# set the special install rule
install_rule=$1
# shift the rest of the fields left
for ( i = 1; i < NF; i++) {
$i = $(i+1)
}
NF=NF-1
}
else {
print "Syntax Error (line " NR ") destination path: " $1
print "text: " $0
next
}
}
if ( NF > 9 ) {
print "Syntax Error (line " NR ") number of fields"
print "text: " $0
exit
}
if ( $2 !~ /0[0-7][0-7]*/ ) {
print "Syntax Error (line " NR ") perm : " $2
print "text: " $0
next
}
# if ( $4 ~ /link/ && $3 !~ /^\// && $3 !~ /`node_data/) {
# changed to allow local link (using ./file syntax) -- Should this be
# domain only?
#
if ( $4 ~ /link/ && $3 !~ /^\// && $3 !~ /`node_data/ && \
$3 !~ /^\.\// && $3 !~ /^\.\.\// ) {
print "Syntax Error (line " NR ") source: " $3
print "text: " $0
next
}
# Check for special install rules
# man pages are compressed use rule "c-"
# font files are compressed use rule "c-"
# directories have no source i.e. src = "-"
src = $3;
link_src = "";
type = "'$FILE'";
owner = "'$OWNER'";
group = "'$GROUP'";
status = "'$STATUS'";
processor = "'$PROCESSOR'";
resp_proj = "'$RESP_PROJ'";
if ( $4 != "" )
{
type = $4;
if ( $4 ~ /link/ ) {
src = "";
if ( $3 ~ /^\// || $3 ~ /`node_data/ || \
$3 ~ /^\.\// || $3 ~ /^\.\.\// )
link_src = $3;
else {
print "Syntax Error (line " NR ") link_src: " $3
print "text: " $0
next;
};
}
else if ( $4 == "directory" )
if ( $3 != "-" )
{
print "Syntax Error (line " NR ") directory: " $3;
print "text: " $0;
next;
}
else
src="";
else if ( $4 == "empty_dir" )
{
resp_proj = "common";
status = "------";
if ( $3 != "-" )
{
print "Syntax Error (line " NR ") empty_dir: " $3;
print "text: " $0;
next;
}
else
src="";
}
else if ( $4 == "file" && $3 == "-" )
if ( $7 == "---cu-")
src = "";
}
#
# If owner an/or group are specified all previous fields (including
# type) must be specified.
#
if ( $5 != "" )
owner = $5;
if ( $6 != "" )
group = $6;
if ( $7 != "" )
status = $7
if ( $8 != "" )
processor = $8;
if ($9 != "" )
resp_proj= $9;
if ( install_rule != "" ) {
; # install rule has been explicitly set -- do nothing
}
else if ( $1 ~ /\/usr\/man\/man.*\.Z\// )
{
install_rule = "c-";
}
else if ( $1 ~ /\/usr\/X11\/man\/cat[1-9]\/.*[1-9]/ )
{
install_rule = "-n";
}
else if ( $1 ~ /\/bsd4.3\/usr\/man\/cat[1-9]\/.*[1-9]/ )
{
install_rule = "-n";
}
else if ( $1 ~ /\/sys5.3\/usr\/catman\/.*man[1-9]\/.*[1-9]/ )
{
install_rule = "-n";
}
else if ( $1 ~ /.*\/fonts\/.*.scf$/ && $3 ~ /.*.snf$/ )
{
install_rule = "c-";
}
else if ( $1 ~ /.*\/fonts\/.*.snf\.Z$/ && $3 ~ /.*.snf$/ )
{
install_rule = "c-";
}
else if ( $1 ~ /^\/integration\// && $3 ~ /^doc\/upinfo\// )
{
install_rule = "";
}
else if ( $2 ~ /[1357]/ && $4 == "file" )
{ # executable files may be stripped
install_rule = "-s";
}
else
install_rule = "'$INSTALL_RULE'";
# print "install_target : " $1
# print "fileset : " "'$FILESET'"
# print "type : " type
# print "status : " status
# print "processor : " processor
# print "mode : " $2
# print "owner : " owner
# print "group : " group
# print "link_source : " link_src
# print "build_target : " "'$BUILD_TARGET'"
# print "install_rule_name : " install_rule
# print "install_flags : " "'$INSTALL_FLAGS'"
# print "a_out_location : " src
# print "order : " "'$ORDER'"
# print "responsible_project : " resp_proj
# print "#"
if ( type ~ /.*link/ )
src= link_src
else if ( type ~ /.*directory/ )
src="-"
print type, install_rule, src, $1, $2, owner ,group
}
' $1
}
#
# createPath
# function to create a directory path. (mkdir -p replacement on bsd4.3)
#
createPath()
{
if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
echo "ERROR: \"$0\" invalid argument count" >&2
echo " ARGS=$@"
return 1
fi
# Since we are SYSTYPE bsd4.3 "-x" won't work.
if [ -r /sys5.3/bin/mkdir ]; then
/sys5.3/bin/mkdir -p $1
return
fi
if hp9000s300 > /dev/null 2>&1 || hp9000s800 > /dev/null 2>&1; then
mkdir -p $1
return
fi
#
# We can't use mkdir -p so do the hard way.
# starting at the root check/create all the directories
# in the given path
#
typeset xdirs=""
typeset nextdir=""
typeset fulldirs
# provide extra slash for apollo systems (//hp* syntax)?
if [ "$1" = "${1##/}" ]; then
# not a full path name so attach path to current directory
fulldirs=`/bin/pwd`/$1
xdirs="/" # added to support apollo "//host" syntax
elif [ "$1" != "${1##//}" ]; then
# using "//host" syntax
fulldirs=$1
xdirs="/"
else
fulldirs=$1
xdirs=""
fi
echo creating path: $1
while nextdir=`expr /$fulldirs/ : '/*\([^/]*\)/.*'`; do
xdirs=$xdirs/$nextdir
if [ ! -d $xdirs ]; then
mkdir $xdirs
fi
fulldirs=`expr $fulldirs : '/*[^/]*/\(.*\)'`
done
return 0
}
# doit
# function to put the source file into the product tree. This function
# reads its stdin for file movement rules.
#
doit()
{
if [ $# -ne 0 ]; then
echo "ERROR: \"$0\" incorrect arg count" >&2
echo "ARGS: $@" >&2
fi
typeset TYPE
typeset RULE
typeset SRC
typeset DEST
typeset MODE
typeset OWNER
typeset GROUP
while read TYPE RULE SRC DEST MODE OWNER GROUP; do
# ignore blank lines
if [ -z "$TYPE" ]; then
continue;
fi
# ignore comment lines (match longest string starting with '#')
if [ "${TYPE###}" != "$TYPE" ]; then
continue
fi
DEST=$DESTTREE/$FILESET${DEST}
CMD=""
case $TYPE in
directory)
if [ ! -d "$DEST" ]; then
CMD="createPath $DEST"
fi
;;
file)
SRC=$SRCTREE/$SRC
if [ "$CHECK_BEFORE" = "yes" ]
then
if [ ! -f $SRC ]
then
echo "Missing: $SRC"
echo "Missing: $SRC" >>/tmp/mkprod.missing
continue
fi
fi
if [ ! -f $SRC ]; then
echo "ERROR: Cannot read \"$SRC\"." >&2
echo " LINE=$TYPE $RULE $SRC $DEST $MODE $OWNER $GROUP " >&2
continue
fi
case $RULE in
c-) # compress rule
CMD="compress -c $SRC > $DEST"
;;
-n) # nroff rule (for apollo man pages)
if egrep -c '^\.TH[ ]|^\.ds[ ]' $SRC > /dev/null ; then
CMD="tbl $SRC|eqn|nroff -man|col -b> $DEST"
else
CMD="cp $SRC $DEST"
fi
;;
-s) # strip rule
# Domain Only
# if [ "$(find $SRC -typeuid coff -print)" = "$SRC" ]; then
# hp-ux
if [ -z "$STRIP" ]; then
CMD="cp $SRC $DEST"
else if file $SRC | grep -q "not stripped"; then
CMD="cp $SRC $DEST; strip $DEST"
else
CMD="cp $SRC $DEST"
fi
fi
;;
--) # default (no special processing)
CMD="cp $SRC $DEST"
;;
*) # huh?
echo "ERROR: Unrecognized rule: \"$RULE\"" >&2
echo " LINE=$TYPE $RULE $SRC $DEST $MODE $OWNER $GROUP " >&2
continue;
;;
esac
;;
sym_link)
if [ -z "$SRC" ]; then
echo "ERROR: No link source for \"$DEST\"" >&2
echo " LINE=$TYPE $RULE $SRC $DEST $MODE $OWNER $GROUP " >&2
continue;
fi
if [ "${SRC#\`node_data}" != "$SRC" ]; then
# apollo-style special link
echo "WARNING: encountered special link: $SRC" >&2
# try to make link to this SRC by adding a
# backslash to protect the tic mark.
SRC=\\$SRC
elif [ "${SRC#/}" = "$SRC" ]; then
# echo "ERROR: Relative link \"$SRC\"" >&2
# echo "WARNING: Relative link \"$SRC\"" >&2
# echo " LINE=$TYPE $RULE $SRC $DEST $MODE $OWNER $GROUP " >&2
# Protect the potential variant link variable
# (eg lnk_$(LNK))
SRC=\'$SRC\'
# continue;
fi
CMD="ln -s $SRC $DEST"
# Remove existing link if one already exists
[ -${LNKTST} "$DEST" ] && rm $DEST
;;
hard_link)
# Hard links are assumed to be made only to other
# files in the submittal -- not to existing system
# files.
SRC="$DESTTREE/$FILESET${SRC}"
if [ -z "$SRC" ]; then
echo "ERROR: No link source for \"$DEST\"" >&2
echo " LINE=$TYPE $RULE $SRC $DEST $MODE $OWNER $GROUP" >&2
continue;
fi
CMD="ln $SRC $DEST"
;;
*) echo "ERROR: Unrecognized type: \"$TYPE\"" >&2
echo " LINE=$TYPE $RULE $SRC $DEST $MODE $OWNER $GROUP" >&2
continue;
;;
esac
# createPath issues its own error messages
if [ ! -d ${DEST%/*} ]; then
createPath ${DEST%/*} || continue
fi
[ -z "$CMD" ] && continue
eval "$CMD" || {
echo "ERROR: \"$CMD\" failed" >&2
echo " LINE=$TYPE $RULE $SRC $DEST $MODE $OWNER $GROUP" >&2;
continue;
}
# set permissions for non-links
if [ "${TYPE%link}" = "$TYPE" ]; then
if [ "$USER" = "root" ]; then
chmod $MODE $DEST ||
echo "ERROR: \"chmod $MODE $DEST\" failed" >&2
chgrp $GROUP $DEST ||
echo "ERROR: \"chgrp $GROUP $DEST\" failed" >&2
chown $OWNER $DEST ||
echo "ERROR: \"chown $OWNER $DEST\" failed" >&2
fi
fi
echo $TYPE $RULE $SRC $DEST $MODE $OWNER $GROUP
done
}
###################################################
# MAIN BODY
###################################################
#
# Check Path for chmod, chown, and chgrp
#
whence chmod > /dev/null || {
echo "ERROR: \"chmod\" not in PATH." >&2
exit 1
}
whence chown > /dev/null || {
echo "ERROR: \"chown\" not in PATH." >&2
exit 1
}
whence chgrp > /dev/null || {
echo "ERROR: \"chgrp\" not in PATH." >&2
exit 1
}
CHECK_BEFORE="no"
while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
case $1 in
-f*)
FILESET=${1#-f}
if [ -z "$FILESET" ]; then
if [ $# -ge 1 ]; then
shift;
FILESET=$1
else
echo $Usage
exit 1;
fi
fi;;
-S*) SRCTREE=${1#-S}
if [ -z "$SRCTREE" ]; then
if [ $# -ge 1 ]; then
shift;
SRCTREE=$1
else
echo $Usage
exit 1;
fi
fi
;;
-D*) DESTTREE=${1#-D}
if [ -z "$DESTTREE" ]; then
if [ $# -ge 1 ]; then
shift;
DESTTREE=$1
else
echo $Usage
exit 1;
fi
fi
;;
-P*) CHECK_BEFORE="yes"
;;
*) files="$files $1";;
esac
if [ $# -ge 1 ]; then
shift;
fi
done
if [ -z "$files" -o -z "$SRCTREE" ]; then
echo $Usage >&2
exit 1;
fi
if [ ! -d "$SRCTREE" ]; then
echo "ERROR: Cannot access \"$SRCTREE\"." >&2
exit 1
fi
if [ ! -d "$DESTTREE" ]; then
echo "ERROR: Cannot access \"$DESTTREE\"." >&2
exit 1
fi
umask 022
if [ -f /com/ctnode ]; then
#
# Make sure berkely style permissions are applied to the product tree
# This should cause directories to be created with permissions based
# on the umask (which is otherwise ignored on "open security model"
# file systems).
#
chacl -RB $DESTTREE
fi
# Debug Stmts
echo FILESET=$FILESET
echo files=$files
echo SRCTREE=$SRCTREE
echo DESTTREE=$DESTTREE
echo "#-------------- $(date) --------------"
echo ""
TOOL_DIR=$SRCTREE/admin/IntegTools/dbTools
#
# Avoid making duplicate entries
# make sure links are referred to AFTER the files to which they point.
#
if [ $PLATFORM = "uxp" ]; then
$TOOL_DIR/uncomment $files | sort | uniq | $TOOL_DIR/linksLast - > /tmp/awk.in
cat /tmp/awk.in | awkit > /tmp/awk.out
cat /tmp/awk.out | doit
else
$TOOL_DIR/uncomment $files | sort | uniq | $TOOL_DIR/linksLast - | awkit | doit
fi
echo ""
echo "#-------------- $(date) --------------"

765
cde/admin/IntegTools/dbTools/udbParseLib.awk Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,765 @@
# Awk Library file for parsing UDB files
#
function parseUdb() {
# nawk has already read the initial line.
# Tokenize it before doing anything else.
tokenize()
readDefaults(defaults)
# assign hp-ux ".db" file src and link defaults
# if none were designated.
if ( SrcDefault == "" )
SrcDefault = "a_out_location"
if ( LnkDefault == "" )
LnkDefault = "link_source"
if ( TypDefault == "" )
TypDefault = "type"
if ( DestDefault == "" )
DestDefault = "install_target"
if ( ModeDefault == "" )
ModeDefault = "mode"
if ( OwnerDefault == "" )
OwnerDefault = "owner"
if ( GroupDefault == "" )
GroupDefault = "group"
readData()
}
# -------------------------------------------------------------
# readDefaults
# This routine reads the defaults at the front section
# of the universal database and salts the defaults away.
#
# -------------------------------------------------------------
function readDefaults(dflts)
{
if ( DeBug > 0 ) {
Depth++
for ( i=1; i < Depth; i++ )
printf(" ") > DeBugFile
print "Entering function readDefaults" > DeBugFile
}
do {
os = getOS()
if ( osQual != "defaults" )
syntaxError("No defaults for: " BlockToken)
if ( os == BlockToken || os == "default" )
break
skipToToken("}")
} while ( 1 )
fillDefaults()
if ( DeBug > 1 )
print "Skipping remaining defaults" > DeBugFile
# skip remaining default specs
while ( lookAhead() == "{" ) {
# This should be another default spec
# skip it. (watch out for syntax errors)
os = getOS()
if ( osQual != "defaults" )
syntaxError("Expected os:defaults found: \"" os ":" osQual "\"")
if ( os == BlockToken && fileName == FILENAME )
syntaxError("Only one \"defaults\" record allowed per os" )
skipToToken("}");
}
if ( DeBug > 0 ) Depth--
}
# -------------------------------------------------------------
# syntaxError
# bail out
#
# (optionally) mail a message to an administrator if a syntax
# error occurs in a database.
#
# -------------------------------------------------------------
function syntaxError(reason) {
if ( DeBug > 0 ) {
Depth++
for ( i=1; i < Depth; i++ )
printf(" ") > DeBugFile
print "Entering function syntaxError:" > DeBugFile
}
print "Syntax ERROR line: " NR " of file: " FILENAME
if (reason)
print " " reason
system( "rm -f /tmp/SyntaxError" )
system( "touch /tmp/SyntaxError" )
print "Syntax ERROR line: " NR " of file: " FILENAME > "/tmp/SyntaxError"
if (reason)
print " " reason >> "/tmp/SyntaxError"
close( "/tmp/SyntaxError" )
if ( mailTo != "" ) {
system( "mailx -s \"database syntax error\" "mailTo" < /tmp/SyntaxError" )
}
system( "rm -f /tmp/SyntaxError" )
exit 1
}
# -------------------------------------------------------------
# fillDefaults
# This routine reads the defaults in the OS
# defaults section of the database. It saves the defaults
# in the "defaults" awk-style string array.
#
# -------------------------------------------------------------
function fillDefaults() {
if ( DeBug > 0 ) {
Depth++
for ( i=1; i < Depth; i++ )
printf(" ") > DeBugFile
print "Entering function fillDefaults:" > DeBugFile
}
tempDflt = ""
NumEntries = 1
do {
if ( tempDflt != "" ) {
keyword = tempDflt
tempDflt = ""
}
else
keyword = nextToken()
if ( keyword == "}" )
break;
if ( "=" != nextToken())
syntaxError("Keyword: " keyword " not followed by \"=\" ");
tempDflt = nextToken();
if ( lookAhead() == "=" )
defaults[keyword]=""
else {
if ( tempDflt == "<SRC>" ) {
SrcDefault = keyword;
tempDflt = ""
}
if ( tempDflt == "<LNK>" ) {
LnkDefault = keyword;
tempDflt = ""
}
if ( tempDflt == "<TYPE>" ) {
TypDefault = keyword;
tempDflt = "file"
}
if ( tempDflt == "<DEST>" ) {
DestDefault = keyword;
tempDflt = ""
}
if ( tempDflt == "<MODE>" ) {
ModeDefault = keyword;
tempDflt = "0444"
}
if ( tempDflt == "<OWNER>" ) {
OwnerDefault = keyword;
tempDflt = "bin"
}
if ( tempDflt == "<GROUP>" ) {
GroupDefault = keyword;
tempDflt = "bin"
}
defaults[keyword]= tempDflt
tempDflt = ""
}
defOrder[NumEntries++] = keyword;
} while ( 1 )
if ( DeBug > 3 ) {
DBGprintArray(defaults,"defaults")
print "SrcDefault =" SrcDefault > DeBugFile
print "LnkDefault =" LnkDefault > DeBugFile
print "TypDefault =" TypDefault > DeBugFile
}
if ( DeBug > 0 ) Depth--
}
# -------------------------------------------------------------
# getOS
# This routine scans the database for an
# open brace, then a token, then a ":" indicating
# the start of an OS defaults section.
#
# -------------------------------------------------------------
function getOS()
{
if ( DeBug > 0 ) {
Depth++
for ( i=1; i < Depth; i++ )
printf(" ") > DeBugFile
print "Entering function getOS:" > DeBugFile
}
osQual = ""
gotOS = 0
if ( "{" != nextToken() )
syntaxError("Missing initial {")
os = nextToken();
if ( lookAhead() == ":" ) {
nextToken();
osQual= nextToken();
} else
osQual= ""
if ( DeBug > 0 ) Depth--
return os
}
# -------------------------------------------------------------
# nextToken
# parse the incoming data stream into tokens.
#
# -------------------------------------------------------------
function nextToken() {
if ( DeBug > 0 ) {
Depth++
for ( i=1; i < Depth; i++ )
printf(" ") > DeBugFile
print "Entering function nextToken:" > DeBugFile
}
if ( EOF_Reached == 1 )
syntaxError("Premature EOF");
tmpToken=tokens[TK++]
while ( TK > Ntokens || tokens[TK] == ";" ) {
TK++
if ( TK > Ntokens )
if ( newLine() <= 0 ) {
EOF_Reached = 1;
break;
}
}
if ( DeBug > 2 )
print "Returning token: " tmpToken > DeBugFile
if ( DeBug > 0 ) Depth--
return tmpToken
}
# -------------------------------------------------------------
# lookAhead
# return the token at the head of the current list of
# tokens, but do not bump the token count in TK
#
# -------------------------------------------------------------
function lookAhead() {
if ( DeBug > 0 ) {
Depth++
for ( i=1; i < Depth; i++ )
printf(" ") > DeBugFile
print "Entering function lookAhead" > DeBugFile
}
if ( DeBug > 0 ) Depth--
return tokens[TK];
}
# -------------------------------------------------------------
# newLine, tokenize
# read a new line of input and tokenize it.
#
# -------------------------------------------------------------
function newLine() {
if ( DeBug > 0 ) {
Depth++
for ( i=1; i < Depth; i++ )
printf(" ") > DeBugFile
print "Entering function newLine:" > DeBugFile
}
if ( (retval = getline) <= 0 ) {
if ( DeBug > 0 ) Depth--
return retval
}
retval = tokenize()
if ( DeBug > 0 ) Depth--
return retval
}
function tokenize() {
if ( DeBug > 0 ) {
Depth++
for ( i=1; i < Depth; i++ )
printf(" ") > DeBugFile
print "Entering function tokenize:" > DeBugFile
}
# Skip blank/comment lines
while ( NF == 0 || $0 ~ /^[ ]*#/ ) {
if ( (getline) <= 0 ) {
if ( DeBug > 0 ) Depth--
return 0
}
}
#
# Make sure syntactically meaningful characters are surrounded by
# white space. (I gave up on gsub for this purpose).
#
last=1
Str="" # temp string for modified input line
tstStr=$0 # part of input line being tested
newStr=$0 # current input line image with modifications
##########################################################################
# REPLACE THE FOLLOWING LINE WITH A WORK_AROUND FOR A PROBLEM WITH
# THE MATCH FUNCTION FOR THE SUN VERSION OF "nawk"
#
# while ( match(tstStr,"[^\\\][:=}{;]") ) {
#
while ( match(tstStr,"[:=}{;]") ) {
if ( RSTART-1 > 0 && substr(tstStr,RSTART-1,1) != "\\") {
RSTART=RSTART-1
LENGTH=LENGTH+1
} else {
#
# The character was escaped with a backslash.
# Patch things up -- continue testing the rest
# of the line.
#
Str=Str substr($0,last,RSTART+1)
last = last + RSTART + 1
tstStr =substr($0,last)
newStr = Str tstStr
continue;
}
####################### end of workaround ################################
############################################################################
if ( DeBug > 1 ) {
print "Tokenize: Match found in: " tstStr
print "RSTART= " RSTART " ; RLENGTH = " RLENGTH
}
# match found --
# the temp string is now modified to contain:
# 1) all characters up to the match and the first char of match
# 2) blank before the syntactically significant char
# 3) the significant character
# 4) blank following the significant character
Str=Str substr($0,last,RSTART) " " substr($0,last+RSTART,1) " "
last = last + RSTART + 1;
#
# Test remaining part of input line for additional occurances
# of syntactically significant characters.
#
tstStr=substr($0,last)
#
# Our best guess for the new string is the part of the
# input line already tested plus the part yet to be tested.
#
newStr=Str tstStr
}
#
# Check for any instances of syntax chars at the start of the line
#
sub("^[:=}{;]","& ",newStr);
$0 = newStr
#
# allow escaping of significant syntax characters
#
gsub("[\\\][{]","{")
gsub("\\\:",":")
gsub("\\\;",";")
gsub("\\\=","=")
gsub("[\\\][}]","}")
#
# Having insured that interesting chars are surrounded by blanks
# now tokenize the input line.
#
Ntokens = split($0,tokens)
TK = 1
if ( DeBug > 3 )
DBGprintTokens()
if ( DeBug > 0 ) Depth--
return Ntokens
}
function DBGprintTokens()
{
for ( i = 1; i <= Ntokens ; i++ )
print "tokens[" i "] = " tokens[i] > DeBugFile
return 0
}
function DBGprintArray(array,name) {
for ( i in array) {
print name "[" i "] = " array[i] > DeBugFile
}
}
# -------------------------------------------------------------
# skipToToken
# read until the passed in token is encountered
#
# -------------------------------------------------------------
function skipToToken(tok)
{
if ( DeBug > 0 ) {
Depth++
for ( i=1; i < Depth; i++ )
printf(" ") > DeBugFile
print "Entering function skipToToken:" > DeBugFile
}
while ( nextToken() != tok )
;
if ( DeBug > 0 ) Depth--
}
# -------------------------------------------------------------
# readData
#
# -------------------------------------------------------------
function readData() {
if ( DeBug > 0 ) {
Depth++
for ( i=1; i < Depth; i++ )
printf(" ") > DeBugFile
print "Entering function readData" > DeBugFile
}
while ( EOF_Reached == 0 ) {
if ( fileName != FILENAME ) {
if ( DeBug > 1 ) {
print "====>Files Changed" > DeBugFile
print "fileName= " fileName > DeBugFile
print "FILENAME= " FILENAME > DeBugFile
}
fileName = FILENAME
# skip over defaults section of the new file
while ( lookAhead() == "{" ) {
# This should be another default spec
# skip it. (watch out for syntax errors)
os = getOS()
if ( osQual != "defaults" )
syntaxError("Expected os:defaults found: \"" os ":" osQual "\"")
#
# Relax this restriction since we are
# ignoring this defaults record
#if ( os == BlockToken )
# syntaxError("Only one \"defaults\" record allowed per os" )
skipToToken("}");
}
}
if ( getNextRecord(record) > 0 )
PRTREC(record);
# skip remaining os entries for this source
# sorry no error checking.
while ( EOF_Reached == 0 && lookAhead() == "{" )
skipToToken("}")
if ( DeBug > 1 )
print "EOF_Reached = " EOF_Reached > DeBugFile
}
if ( DeBug > 0 ) Depth--
}
# -------------------------------------------------------------
# getNextRecord
#
# this function fills the rec[] array with defaults
#
# then it scans for a block that has a token maching
# BlockToken, or accepts a block with the "default"
# token. The "default" token is not accepted if
# defaults are disallowed.
#
# finally fillRecord is called to read in the lines
# in the block and override the entries in the rec[] array.
#
# -------------------------------------------------------------
function getNextRecord(rec) {
if ( DeBug > 0 ) {
Depth++
for ( i=1; i < Depth; i++ )
printf(" ") > DeBugFile
print "Entering function getNextRecord:" > DeBugFile
}
# fill with defaults
for ( i in defaults )
rec[i] = defaults[i];
do {
src = nextToken()
if ( DeBug > 2 )
print "src=" src > DeBugFile
# Allow special characters to appear in src names if they have been backslashed
# if ( src ~ /[{:=}]/ )
# syntaxError("Invalid source: \"" src "\"");
do {
os = getOS()
if ( DeBug > 1 ) {
print "Got os " os " and qual= " osQual > DeBugFile
print "NR= " NR " : " $0 > DeBugFile
}
if (( os != BlockToken || osQual == "not" ) \
&& ( os != "default" || UseDefaultBlocks != "Y" ) ) {
if ( DeBug > 2)
print "Skipping to end of os rec" > DeBugFile
skipToToken("}");
}
if ( EOF_Reached == 1 || fileName != FILENAME ){
if ( DeBug > 0 ) Depth--
return 0
}
if ( DeBug > 2 )
print "Look Ahead is: " tokens[TK] > DeBugFile
} while ( lookAhead() == "{" )
} while (( os != BlockToken ) && ( os != "default" || UseDefaultBlocks != "Y"))
if ( DeBug > 2)
print "About to call fillRecord" > DeBugFile
fillRecord(rec)
if ( DeBug > 0 ) Depth--
return 1
}
function fillRecord(rec) {
if ( DeBug > 0 ) {
Depth++
for ( i=1; i < Depth; i++ )
printf(" ") > DeBugFile
print "Entering fillRecord:" > DeBugFile
}
tempEntry = ""
do {
if ( tempEntry != "" ) {
keyword = tempEntry;
tempEntry = ""
} else
keyword = nextToken();
if ( keyword == "}" )
break;
if ( "=" != nextToken())
syntaxError("Keyword: " keyword " not followed by \"=\"");
tempEntry = nextToken();
if ( lookAhead() == "=" )
rec[keyword] = ""
else {
rec[keyword] = tempEntry
tempEntry = ""
}
} while (1)
#
# check for source entry
# THIS IMPLIES KNOWLEDGE OF .db FILE ENTRIES!!
if ( DeBug > 2)
print "TYPE= " rec[TypDefault] > DeBugFile
if ( src == "-" )
if ( rec[TypDefault]=="directory" || rec[TypDefault]=="empty_dir")
{
# no source required for a directory
if ( rec[SrcDefault] != "" )
syntaxError(SrcDefault " \"" rec[SrcDefault] "\" specified for a directory.")
if ( rec[LnkDefault] != "" )
syntaxError(LnkDefault " \"" rec[LnkDefault] "\" specfied for a directory.")
rec[SrcDefault] = src;
} else if ( rec["status"] == "---cu-" ) {
# This is used for some reason (X11-SERV.db)
if ( rec[SrcDefault] != "" )
syntaxError( "File: \"" rec["install_target"] "\" with special status: \"---cu-\" should have no source.");
} else
syntaxError("Invalid source: \"" src "\" for type: \"" rec[TypDefault] )
else if ( rec[TypDefault] ~ /link/ )
if ( src ~ /^\// || src ~ /^\./ ) {
if ( rec[SrcDefault] != "")
syntaxError( SrcDefault ": \"" rec[SrcDefault] "\" specified for link: \"" src "\"")
if ( rec[LnkDefault] == "" )
rec[LnkDefault]=src;
} else
syntaxError("Invalid source: \"" src "\" for type: \"" rec[TypDefault] "\"")
else if ( rec[TypDefault] == "file" || rec[TypDefault] == "control" )
rec[SrcDefault] = src;
else
syntaxError("Unrecognized type:\"" rec[TypDefault] "\"")
if ( DeBug > 0 ) Depth--
}
# -------------------------------------------------------------
# printDB
# Print records in ".db" format
# -------------------------------------------------------------
function printDb(rec) {
if ( DeBug > 0 ) {
Depth++
for ( i=1; i < Depth; i++ )
printf(" ") > DeBugFile
print "Entering printDb:" > DeBugFile
}
# NumEntries should be one greater than the number of defaults
# read in.
for ( i = 1; i< NumEntries; i++ ) {
printf("%-40s %s %s\n",defOrder[i], ":",rec[defOrder[i]])
}
print "#"
if ( DeBug > 0 ) Depth--
}
# -------------------------------------------------------------
# printLst
# Print records in ".lst" format
# -------------------------------------------------------------
function printLst(rec) {
if ( DeBug > 0 ) {
Depth++
for ( i=1; i < Depth; i++ )
printf(" ") > DeBugFile
print "Entering printLst:" > DeBugFile
}
if ( rec[TypDefault] ~ /link/ )
Source = LnkDefault
else
Source = SrcDefault
printf("%s %s %s %s %s %s %s %s %s\n",
rec[ DestDefault],
rec[ ModeDefault ],
rec[ Source ],
rec[ TypDefault ],
rec[ OwnerDefault ],
rec[ GroupDefault ],
rec[ "status" ],
rec[ "processor" ],
rec[ "responsible_project" ] )
if ( DeBug > 0 ) Depth--
}
# -------------------------------------------------------------
# printGather
# print records in one of the formats expected by Gather.ksh
# (Jim Andreas print routine).
# -------------------------------------------------------------
function printGather(rec) {
# print "Entering printRecord: "
if (( BlockToken == "hp-ux" ) && ( rec[ "processor" ] != "378" ))
{
if ( index( rec[ "processor" ], Machine ) == 0 )
{
#printf( "skipping %s, Machine %s machines %s\n", src, Machine, rec[ "processor" ] );
return
}
}
if ( action == "toSDD" )
{
if ( rec[ "type" ] == "file" )
{
printf("%s:F:%s:%s:%s:*::\n",
rec[ "install_target" ], rec[ "owner" ],
rec[ "group" ], rec[ "mode" ])
}
}
else if ( action == "toReleaseTree" )
{
if ( ( rec[ "type" ] == "hard_link" ) ||
( rec[ "type" ] == "sym_link" ) ||
( rec[ "type" ] == "file" ) )
{
#
# if this is a link, then fudge a source file for Gather.ksh
# to check on. Really we are linking two dest files together
# so the hack is to get around the check in Gather.ksh
#
if ( ( rec[ "type" ] == "hard_link" ) ||
( rec[ "type" ] == "sym_link" ) )
{
printf( " {s}%s {d}%s\n", "-", rec[ "install_target" ] );
}
else if ( length( src ) > 34 )
printf( " {s}%s {d}%s\n", src, rec[ "install_target" ] );
else
printf( " {s}%-34s {d}%s\n", src, rec[ "install_target" ] );
if ( rec[ "install_rule_name" ] == "c-" )
{
printf( "compress -c < {s}%s > {d}%s\n", src,
rec[ "install_target" ] );
}
else if ( rec[ "type" ] == "sym_link" )
{
printf( "ln -s %s {d}%s\n", src,
rec[ "install_target" ] );
}
else if ( rec[ "type" ] == "hard_link" )
{
printf( "ln {d}%s {d}%s\n", src,
rec[ "install_target" ] );
}
else if ( rec[ "uncompress" ] == "true" )
{
printf( "uncompress -c < {s}%s > {d}%s\n", src,
rec[ "install_target" ] );
}
else if ( length( src ) > 34 )
{
printf( "cp {s}%s {d}%s\n", src,
rec[ "install_target" ] );
}
else
{
printf( "cp {s}%-34s {d}%s\n", src,
rec[ "install_target" ] );
}
printf( "%s %s %s\n", rec[ "owner" ], rec[ "group" ], rec[ "mode" ])
rec[ "install_rule_name" ] = "";
rec[ "uncompress" ] = "";
}
}
else if ( action == "toDeliverArgs" )
{
temp = rec[ "install_target" ];
m = n = index( temp, "/" );
while ( n != 0 )
{
temp = substr( temp, n+1 );
n = index( temp, "/" );
m += n;
}
dirnametarget = substr( rec[ "install_target" ], 1, m-1 );
if ( length( rec[ "install_target" ] ) > 40 )
{
printf("%s -d .%s\n", rec[ "install_target" ], dirnametarget );
}
else
{
printf("%-40s -d .%s\n", rec[ "install_target" ], dirnametarget );
}
}
else if ( action == "toCheckBuild" )
{
# print "Entering printRecord - toCheckBuild: "
#
# skip any link info
#
if ( rec[ "type" ] == "file" )
{
#
# just print the source path for the checker tool
#
printf("%s\n", src );
}
}
else if ( action == "toFileList" )
{
#
# skip any link info
#
if ( rec[ "type" ] == "file" )
{
#
# print the source and install_target for the human person
#
if ( length( src ) > 40 || length( rec[ "install_target" ] ) > 40 )
{
printf("%s -> %s %s\n", src,
rec[ "install_target" ], rec[ "mode" ] );
}
else
{
printf("%-40s -> %-40s %s\n", src,
rec[ "install_target" ], rec[ "mode" ] );
}
}
}
else if ( action == "toTargetList" )
{
#
# skip any link info
#
if ( rec[ "type" ] == "file" )
{
#
# just print the install_target
#
printf("%s\n", rec[ "install_target" ] );
}
}
}

437
cde/admin/IntegTools/dbTools/udbToAny.ksh Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,437 @@
#!/bin/ksh
# -------------------------------------------------------------
# udbToAny.ksh
#
# This script was leveraged from "databaseConversionTool.ksh"
# it should provide a superset of the functionality of that script;
# however the primary motivation was to get away from the use of
# multiple divergent parsers for the ".udb" style database. The
# parser has been moved into an awk "library" file: udbParseLib.awk.
# this parser can and should be used by all scripts wishing to parse
# the ".udb" data bases.
#
# ----------------------------
# new features:
#
# -toDB to convert to old mksubmit-style ".db" format
# -toLst to convert to old domain-port-style ".lst" files
# -toCustom <prt> to specify a print routine for a custom format
# -custom <awklib> to specify a library containing custom print routines.
# -udbParseLib <awkLib> to specify a library containing an alternate parser.
# -mailTo <user> to specify an administrator who will receive mail
# concerning parsing errors.
#
# -Database is now obsolete (although it will still work)
# <udbfile> ... ... The script can now take multiple udb files (Only the
# defaults specified in the first udb file will apply).
#
# ----------------------------
#
# This script converts a universal database to an
# HP OSF style System Definition Database (SDD) file,
# or a set of args suitable to supply to the Chelmsford deliver
# tool, or a set of commands to build a delivery tree.
# For more details, please refer to the "X11 and VUE for HP_OSF/1.0"
# document.
#
# This script was leveraged (read hacked extensively) from
# the "udbToDb" script by Jim Andreas. Ron Voll authored the
# original "udbToDb" script.
#
# -------------------------------------------------------------
# usage: databaseToSDD.ksh Option udbFile
#
# where Option is one of the following:
#
# -toDB convert a .udb to ".db" format
# -toLst convert a .udb to ".lst" format
# -toSDD convert a .udb to SDD format
# -toDeliverArgs convert a .udb to args that the deliver tool likes
# -toReleaseTree convert a .udb to a script to build a delivery tree
# -toCheckBuild convert a .udb to a script to check the items in a build
# -toFileList convert a .udb to a list of files for carbon units
# -Machine specifies 3,7,8 for hp-ux releases
# -ReleaseStream {hp-ux, osf, whatever}
# -NoDefaults do not convert any records labeled default
# -toTargetList convert a .udb to a list of target files in product tree
# the leading path is stripped and just the target
# file is left - for easy diffing with some other
# version of a release
# -custom <awkFile> Supply a custom "awk" print library
# -toCustom <prt routine>
# -udbParseLib <awkFile> Supply an alternate "awk" parser library
# -------------------------------------------------------------
# ConvertRoutine
#
# This ksh function invokes awk to do all of the dirty
# work. The DoAction variable is consulted only in the
# final stages of printing the desired info after the
# .udb "phrases" are parsed.
#
# -------------------------------------------------------------
ConvertRoutine()
{
#
# set what we are going to do
#
typeset DoAction=$1
#
# set the "release stream" or token in a block in the .udb
# file for which we will scan.
#
typeset BlockToken=$2
#
# and for HP-UX releases, the particular machine 68k/Snake/S800 3/7/8
#
typeset machine=$3
#
# set flag if default blocks are to be processed
#
typeset UseDefaultBlocks=$4
shift
shift
shift
shift
AWK=/usr/bin/awk
if [ -x /usr/bin/nawk ]; then
AWK=/usr/bin/nawk
fi
#
# Custom print routines may use the following parser variables:
# defOrder[] --- An array containing the names of the fields in
# a data base record (in the correct order).
# NumEntries --- One MORE than the number of entries in the
# "defOrder" array. This is the number of fields
# in a data base record.
# rec[] --- An associative array indexed by data base record
# field name containing the value of the field.
#
# Assign custom print routines to be used for output. The default is to
# use the "printDb" function associated with the library.
#
typeset PRT=printDb
case "$DoAction" in
toDB)
PRT=printDb
;;
toLst)
PRT=printLst
;;
toFileList|toTargetList|toCheckBuild|toReleaseTree|toDeliverArgs|toSDD)
PRT=printGather;
;;
toCustom)
CUSTOM_PRINT="-f $CUSTOM_PRINT_LIB"
PRT=$CUS_PRT
;;
*) # Unknown Action
echo "$0: Unknown Action>> \"$doAction\""
exit 1;
;;
esac
cat > /tmp/awk$$ <<EOF
#
# The function name "PRTREC" is used by the parsing routines
# to do the output. By providing a custom output function you
# can print the database any way you want. The default is to
# use the "printRecord" function built defined in the awk file
# containing the awk parser.
#
function PRTREC(rec) {
$PRT(rec)
}
BEGIN {
parseUdb()
}
{
print "Getting New Line AWK style -- Problem?"
exit 1
}
EOF
#
# Create a single awk file for use with the "-f" parameter.
# IBM's awk only allows one "-f"
#
cat "$UDB_PARSE_LIB" >> /tmp/awk$$
[ -z "$CUSTOM_PRINT" ] || cat "$CUSTOM_PRINT_LIB" >> /tmp/awk$$
$AWK -v mailTo="$Administrator" \
-v action="$DoAction" \
-v BlockToken="$BlockToken" \
-v Machine="$machine" \
-v UseDefaultBlocks="$UseDefaultBlocks" \
-v DeBugFile="$DEBUGFILE" \
-v DeBug="$DEBUGLEVEL" \
-f /tmp/awk$$ $*
#
# Removed from parameter list because IBM's awk only allows one "-f"
# $CUSTOM_PRINT \
# -f "$UDB_PARSE_LIB" \
#
rm /tmp/awk$$
}
#
# print a handy usage message to stderr (file descriptor 2 )
#
#
usage()
{
exec >&2
echo "$ScriptName: usage:"
echo ""
echo " $ScriptName [Options] <UdbFile> ..."
echo ""
echo " -toDB convert a .udb to \".db\" format"
echo " -toLst convert a .udb to \".lst\" format"
echo " -toSDD convert a .udb to SDD format"
echo " -toDeliverArgs convert a .udb to args that the deliver tool likes"
echo " -toReleaseTree convert a .udb to a script to build a delivery tree"
echo " -toCheckBuild convert a .udb to a script to check a build"
echo " -toFileList convert a .udb to a list of files"
echo " -toTargetList convert a .udb to a list of product files"
echo " -ReleaseStream {hp-ux, osf, whatever}"
echo " -Machine specifies machine 3,7,8 for hp-ux"
echo " -NoDefaults do not convert any records labeled \"default\""
echo " -Database path (obsolete) specifies full path to the .udb file to convert"
echo " -mailTo <user> Specify a user to receive mail on errors."
echo " -toCustom <prt> Specify the name of a custom print routine."
echo " -custom <awkFile> Supply a custom "awk" print library."
echo " -udbParseLib <awkFile> Supply an alternate 'awk' parser library"
exit 1
}
# OK, here is where we really start execution.
# Check that the first argument defines what this script is
# supposed to do:
# Obscurity footprint-in-the-sand: "${1##*/}" is equivalent
# to basename(1)
#
ScriptName=${0##*/}
# -toSDD convert a .udb to SDD format
# -toDeliverArgs convert a .udb to args that the deliver tool likes
# -toReleaseTree convert a .udb to a script to build a delivery tree
# -toCheckBuild convert a .udb to a script to check the items in a build
if [ $# -le 3 ]; then
usage $0
fi
typeset TakeDefaultBlocks="Y"
typeset Administrator=""
#typeset DBTOOLSRC=/x/toolsrc/dbTools
typeset DBTOOLSRC=`dirname $0`
typeset UDB_PARSE_LIB="$DBTOOLSRC/udbParseLib.awk"
typeset CUSTOM_PRINT_LIB=""
typeset DEBUGFILE="/dev/tty"
typeset DEBUGLEVEL=0
if [ $# -gt 2 ]; then
while [ $# -gt 0 ]
do
case $1 in
-NoDefaults)
TakeDefaultBlocks=N
shift
continue
;;
-toDB)
Action=toDB
shift;
continue;
;;
-toLst)
Action=toLst
shift;
continue;
;;
-toSDD)
Action=toSDD
shift
continue
;;
-toDeliverArgs)
Action=toDeliverArgs
shift
continue
;;
-toReleaseTree)
Action=toReleaseTree
shift
continue
;;
-toCheckBuild)
Action=toCheckBuild
shift
continue
;;
-toTargetList)
Action=toTargetList
shift
continue
;;
-toFileList)
Action=toFileList
shift
continue
;;
-Machine)
if [ "x$2" = "x" ]; then
usage
fi
Machine=$2
shift
shift
continue
;;
-ReleaseStream)
if [ "x$2" = "x" ]; then
usage
fi
ReleaseStream=$2
shift
shift
continue
;;
-Database)
if [ "x$2" = "x" ]; then
usage
fi
if [ ! -r "$2" ]; then
usage
fi
Database="$Database $2"
shift
shift
continue
;;
-udbParseLib) # specify alternate "awk" parser location
if [ "x$2" = "x" ]; then
usage
fi
if [ ! -r "$2" ]; then
usage
fi
UDB_PARSE_LIB=$2
shift
shift
continue
;;
-toCustom) # specify custom "awk" print routines
if [ "x$2" = "x" ]; then
usage
fi
Action=toCustom
CUS_PRT=$2
shift
shift
continue
;;
-custom) # specify custom "awk" print routines
if [ "x$2" = "x" ]; then
usage
fi
if [ ! -r "$2" ]; then
usage
fi
CUSTOM_PRINT_LIB=$2
shift
shift
continue
;;
-mailTo) # specify an administrator who receives mail about errors.
if [ "x$2" = "x" ]; then
usage
fi
Administrator=$2
shift
shift
continue
;;
-DeBugFile) # specify a debug file and debug level for parser debug info
if [ "x$2" = "x" ]; then
usage
fi
if [ "x$3" = "x" ]; then
usage
fi
DEBUGFILE=$2
shift 2
continue
;;
-DeBugLevel) # specify a debug level for parser debug info
if [ "x$2" = "x" ]; then
usage
fi
if [ "x$3" = "x" ]; then
usage
fi
DEBUGLEVEL=$2
shift 2
continue
;;
-*)
echo "unknown option: $1"
echo ""
usage
exit 1;
;;
*) if [ ! -r $1 ]; then
usage
fi
Database="$Database $1"
shift;
;;
esac
done
fi
if [ "$Action" = "toCustom" ]; then
if [ -z "$CUSTOM_PRINT_LIB" ]; then
echo "You Must specify an awk file containing the custom print routine \"$CUS_PRT\""
exit 1;
fi
fi
if [ "$Machine" = "" ]; then
Machine=NA
elif [ "$Machine" = "300" ]; then
Machine="3"
elif [ "$Machine" = "700" ]; then
Machine="7"
elif [ "$Machine" = "800" ]; then
Machine="8"
fi
if [ "$ReleaseStream" = "" ]; then
echo "$ScriptName: need to specify a -ReleaseStream" >&2
exit 1
fi
if [ "$Database" = "" ]; then
echo "$ScriptName: need to specify a -Database" >&2
exit 1
fi
ConvertRoutine $Action $ReleaseStream $Machine $TakeDefaultBlocks $Database

9
cde/admin/IntegTools/dbTools/uncomment Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
#! /bin/ksh
#
# Script to remove comments and blank lines from ".lst" files
# and coalesce multiple blanks/tabs into a single blank
#
cat $@ | egrep -v '^[ ]*#|^[ ]*$' | sed 's/[ ][ ]*/ /g'|\
sed 's/ $//'

8
cde/admin/IntegTools/deinstall.dt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
#=============================================================================
#=============================================================================
# deinstall.dt
#
# This script has been replaced with dinstall.dt.src.
#
#=============================================================================
#=============================================================================

783
cde/admin/IntegTools/dinstall.dt.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,783 @@
XCOMM!/bin/ksh
XCOMM $XConsortium: dinstall.dt.src /main/6 1996/04/23 11:18:22 drk $
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM deinstall.dt
XCOMM
XCOMM Script to deinstall the April 1994 Snapshot Desktop on
XCOMM HP, IBM, Sun, Fujitsu, or Novell Unix systems from a CDROM
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiClearScreen - clears the screen
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return -none
XCOMM ==========================================================================
#define HASH #
#define STAR *
DtiClearScreen() {
clear 1>&2
HASH DtiPrint "clear"
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM Log - echo to log
XCOMM
XCOMM Input
XCOMM $1 - data to echo to log
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return -none
XCOMM ==========================================================================
Log()
{
printf "$1" $2 $3 $4 $5 >> $LOG_FILE
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiPrint - echo to stderr and log
XCOMM
XCOMM Input
XCOMM $1 - data to echo to stdout
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return -none
XCOMM ==========================================================================
DtiPrint()
{
printf "$1" $2 $3 $4 $5 $6 $7 $8 $9 >&2
Log "$1" $2 $3 $4 $5 $6 $7 $8 $9
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiShow - echo to stdout
XCOMM
XCOMM Input
XCOMM $1 - data to echo to stdout
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return -none
XCOMM ==========================================================================
DtiShow()
{
printf "$1" $2 $3 $4 $5 $6 $7 $8 $9 >&2
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiReturn - return a string to stdout
XCOMM
XCOMM Input
XCOMM $1 - data to return
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return -none
XCOMM ==========================================================================
DtiReturn()
{
echo "$1"
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiWhoami
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return
XCOMM result of system 'whoami' command
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
DtiWhoami()
{
$WHOAMI_PATH/whoami
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM Exit - log and exit
XCOMM
XCOMM Input
XCOMM $1 - data to echo to log
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return -none
XCOMM ==========================================================================
Exit()
{
Log "\n==================================================================\n"
Log "* $(date) $($WHOAMI_PATH/whoami)@$(hostname)*"
Log "* $1*"
Log "\n*exit_code = $2*"
Log "\n==================================================================\n"
exit $2
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM GetPlatform
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return
XCOMM "hpux"
XCOMM "aix"
XCOMM "sun"
XCOMM "uxp"
XCOMM "usl"
XCOMM "dec"
XCOMM ==========================================================================
GetPlatform()
{
if [ -z "$getPlatform" ]; then
os=`uname -s`
case $os in
*HP-UX*) getPlatform=hp;;
*AIX*) getPlatform=ibm;;
*SunOS*) getPlatform=sun;;
*UNIX_System_V*) getPlatform=uxp;;
*UNIX_SV*) getPlatform=usl;;
*OSF1*) getPlatform=dec;;
esac
fi
DtiReturn $getPlatform
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM ValidOS - Verify OS is valid to deinstall on
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - Error message if invalid platform, will exit.
XCOMM Return
XCOMM "hpux"
XCOMM "aix"
XCOMM "sun"
XCOMM "uxp"
XCOMM "usl"
XCOMM "dec"
XCOMM ==========================================================================
ValidOS()
{
platform=$(GetPlatform)
case "$platform" in
hp|ibm|sun|uxp|usl|dec)
DtiReturn $platform
;;
*) Exit $INVALID_OS_MSG 1
;;
esac
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM ResolvePathName
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - File Name to be resolved to actual file
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return
XCOMM Actual File Name resolved down to through all links
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
ResolvePathName() {
if [ "/" = "$1" ]; then
echo $1$2
elif [ -L $1 ]; then
ResolvePathName `/bin/ls -l $1 | awk '{print $NF}'` $2
else
ResolvePathName `dirname $1` `basename $1`${2+/}$2
fi
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM FileIsLink
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - File Name
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return
XCOMM TRUE, if file is a link
XCOMM FALSE, if file is not a link
XCOMM ==========================================================================
FileIsLink() {
if [[ -L $1 ]] && [[ -a $1 ]]
then
DtiReturn "TRUE"
else
DtiReturn "FALSE"
fi
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM StateObjective - States the objective of the Script to the user
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
StateObjective() {
XCOMM Display information to the user, ask if user wishes to continue
while :
do
DtiClearScreen
DtiShow "$HERALD_MSG"
DtiPrint "$OBJECTIVE_MSG"
DtiPrint "$YESNO_MSG"
read response
Log "$RESPONSE_MSG"
Log "$response"
Log "\n"
case $response in
[yY]*) return 0
;;
[nN]*) exit 0
;;
*) continue
esac
done
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DoFilesetScript - Runs a unconfiguration script in the post_install dirs
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
DoFilesetScript()
{
FilesetName=$1
HASH
HASH Check for the lowercase PLATFORM dir. If doesn't exist then
HASH the tree is in uppercase.
HASH
if [ ! -f $TAR_TREE/dt.pkg ];
then
typeset -u ScriptName
fi
if [ "$BUILD_TREE" = "" ]
then
ScriptName=$3
else
ScriptName=$2
fi
test_string=${DATABASE_FILES#*$FilesetName}
if (( ${#DATABASE_FILES} > ${#test_string} ))
then
if [ -x $POST_INSTALL_DIR/$PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR/$ScriptName ]
then
DtiPrint "\n\nExecuting $PLATFORM specific $FilesetName unconfigure script...\n"
$POST_INSTALL_DIR/$PLATFORM_SCRIPT_DIR/$ScriptName -d 2>&1 | \
tee -a $LOG_FILE
elif [ -x $POST_INSTALL_DIR/$ScriptName ]
then
DtiPrint "\n\nExecuting $FilesetName unconfigure script...\n"
$POST_INSTALL_DIR/$ScriptName -d 2>&1 | tee -a $LOG_FILE
fi
fi
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM RunUnconfigScripts - Runs relevant unconfiguration scripts, based on
XCOMM fileset installed, calls DoFilesetScript
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
RunUnconfigScripts()
{
DtiPrint "\n\nRunning unconfigure scripts...\n"
DoFilesetScript CDE-TT configTT tt.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-MIN configMin min.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-RUN configRun run.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-HELP configHelp help.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-HELP-PRG configHelpPrg helpprg.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-HELP-RUN configHelpRun helprun.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-SHLIBS configShlibs shlibs.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-AB configAb ab.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-DEMOS configDemos demos.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-ICONS configIcons icons.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-INC configInc inc.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-MAN configMan man.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-MAN-DEV configManDev mandev.cvg
DoFilesetScript CDE-MSG-CAT configMsgCat msgcat.cfg
DoFilesetScript CDE-PRG configPrg prg.cfg
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM ValidConfiguration - Checks to see if the desktop was installed or
XCOMM partially installed on your system
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return - TRUE, if valid configuration
XCOMM FALSE, for no desktop was found on the system
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
ValidConfiguration() {
if (( [[ -a $ABSOLUTE_USR_LOCATION ]] || [[ -a $DEFAULT_USR_LOCATION ]] ) &&
( [[ -a $ABSOLUTE_ETC_LOCATION ]] || [[ -a $DEFAULT_ETC_LOCATION ]] ) &&
( [[ -a $ABSOLUTE_VAR_LOCATION ]] || [[ -a $DEFAULT_VAR_LOCATION ]] ))
then
DtiReturn "TRUE"
else
STATUS="FALSE"
for i in $ABSOLUTE_USR_LOCATION $ABSOLUTE_ETC_LOCATION \
$ABSLOUTE_VAR_LOCATION $DEFAULT_USR_LOCATION \
$DEFAULT_ETC_LOCATION $DEFAULT_VAR_LOCATION
do
if [ -a $i ]
then
STATUS="TRUE"
break
fi
done
DtiReturn "$STATUS"
fi
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DisplayDirs - Determines if directories should be presented
XCOMM to the user to determin if they will be deleted or not.
XCOMM
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return - TRUE, if some directories will be deleted
XCOMM FALSE, if NO directories will be deleted
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
DisplayDirs() {
if [[ -d $ABSOLUTE_USR_LOCATION ]] && [[ -a $ABSOLUTE_USR_LOCATION ]]
then
DtiReturn "TRUE"
elif [[ -d $ABSOLUTE_ETC_LOCATION ]] && [[ -a $ABSOLUTE_ETC_LOCATION ]]
then
DtiReturn "TRUE"
elif
[[ -d $ABSOLUTE_VAR_LOCATION ]] && [[ -a $ABSOLUTE_VAR_LOCATION ]]
then
DtiReturn "TRUE"
else
DtiReturn "FALSE"
fi
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DisplayDirs - Determines if links should be presented
XCOMM to the user to determine if they will be deleted or not.
XCOMM
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return - TRUE, if some links will be deleted
XCOMM FALSE, if NO links will be deleted
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
DisplayLinks() {
if [[ -L $DEFAULT_USR_LOCATION ]] && [[ -a $DEFAULT_USR_LOCATION ]]
then
DtiReturn "TRUE"
elif [[ -L $DEFAULT_ETC_LOCATION ]] && [[ -a $DEFAULT_ETC_LOCATION ]]
then
DtiReturn "TRUE"
elif
[[ -L $DEFAULT_VAR_LOCATION ]] && [[ -a $DEFAULT_VAR_LOCATION ]]
then
DtiReturn "TRUE"
else
DtiReturn "FALSE"
fi
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM ShowDirsToBeDeleted - Shows what dirs and links will be deleted to the user
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
ShowDirsToBeDeleted() {
XCOMM Display information to the user, ask if user wishes to continue
while :
do
DtiClearScreen
DtiShow "$HERALD_MSG"
if [ $(DisplayDirs) = "TRUE" ]
then
DtiPrint "$DELETE_DIRS_MSG"
if [ -a $ABSOLUTE_USR_LOCATION ]
then
DtiPrint "$DIR_MSG" "$ABSOLUTE_USR_LOCATION"
fi
if [ -a $ABSOLUTE_ETC_LOCATION ]
then
DtiPrint "$DIR_MSG" "$ABSOLUTE_ETC_LOCATION"
fi
if [ -a $ABSOLUTE_VAR_LOCATION ]
then
DtiPrint "$DIR_MSG" "$ABSOLUTE_VAR_LOCATION"
fi
fi
if [ $(DisplayLinks) = "TRUE" ]
then
DtiPrint "\n\n$DELETE_LINKS_MSG"
if [ $(FileIsLink $DEFAULT_USR_LOCATION) = "TRUE" ]
then
DtiPrint "$LINK_DIR_MSG" "$DEFAULT_USR_LOCATION"
fi
if [ $(FileIsLink $DEFAULT_ETC_LOCATION) = "TRUE" ]
then
DtiPrint "$LINK_DIR_MSG" "$DEFAULT_ETC_LOCATION"
fi
if [ $(FileIsLink $DEFAULT_VAR_LOCATION) = "TRUE" ]
then
DtiPrint "$LINK_DIR_MSG" "$DEFAULT_VAR_LOCATION"
fi
fi
DtiPrint "\n\n$WARNING_MSG"
DtiPrint "\n\n\n$YESNO_MSG"
read response
Log "$RESPONSE_MSG"
Log "$response"
Log "\n"
case $response in
[yY]*) return 0
;;
[nN]*) exit 0
;;
*) continue
esac
done
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM StopDesktop - Stops the desktop if it was running
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
StopDesktop() {
if [ -f $ABSOLUTE_VAR_LOCATION/Xpid ]
then
DtiPrint "\n\nStopping Desktop... \n"
kill -TERM `cat $ABSOLUTE_VAR_LOCATION/Xpid` 2> /dev/null
fi
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM RemoveDesktop - Deletes Desktop files from the system
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
RemoveDesktop () {
DtiPrint "Removing files from Desktop Directories...\n"
rm -rf $ABSOLUTE_USR_LOCATION
rm -rf $ABSOLUTE_ETC_LOCATION
rm -rf $ABSOLUTE_VAR_LOCATION
rm -rf $DEFAULT_USR_LOCATION
rm -rf $DEFAULT_ETC_LOCATION
rm -rf $DEFAULT_VAR_LOCATION
DtiPrint "The Desktop was successfully removed from your system.\n"
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM
XCOMM This is the MAIN of the script
XCOMM
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM Set up Messages
USAGE_MSG="\
Usage: deinstall.dt [-noprompt]\n"
PERMISSION_MSG="\
You must be ROOT to run this command\n"
RESPONSE_MSG="\n
response is: "
HERALD_MSG="\
The Common Open Systems Environment Desktop\n\
April 1994 Snapshot Deinstallation Procedure\n\n"
OBJECTIVE_MSG="\
This procedure will REMOVE the Desktop from your system.\n\n\n"
YESNO_MSG="\
Do you wish to continue? [y/n] "
DELETE_DIRS_MSG="\
The deinstallation will remove files from the following\n\
directories listed below:\n\n"
DIR_MSG="\
'%s'\n"
DELETE_LINKS_MSG="\
The deinstallation will remove the following symbolic \n\
link(s) listed below:\n\n"
LINK_DIR_MSG="\
'%s'\n"
WARNING_MSG="\
Any customizations made will be LOST!\n"
INVALID_OS_MSG="\
The Desktop does not support this system configuration.\n\
The deinstallation procedure will terminate.\n"
INVALID_CONFIGURATION_MSG="\
The deinstallation procedure could not locate any Desktop files\n\
on your system. The deinstallation will terminate. Please check\n\
that you are running the deinstallation script on a system that\n\
has the Desktop already installed.\n"
XCOMM Set up variables
NO_PROMPT="FALSE"
DEFAULT_USR_LOCATION="/usr/dt"
DEFAULT_ETC_LOCATION="/etc/dt"
DEFAULT_VAR_LOCATION="/var/dt"
ABSOLUTE_USR_LOCATION=$(ResolvePathName $DEFAULT_USR_LOCATION)
ABSOLUTE_ETC_LOCATION=$(ResolvePathName $DEFAULT_ETC_LOCATION)
ABSOLUTE_VAR_LOCATION=$(ResolvePathName $DEFAULT_VAR_LOCATION)
XCOMM Set up the log file
LOG_FILE="/tmp/dinstall.dt.log"
if [ -f $LOG_FILE ]
then
rm -rf $LOG_FILE 2>/dev/null
fi
touch $LOG_FILE 2>/dev/null
chmod 777 $LOG_FILE 2>/dev/null
XCOMM change directories to deinstall.dt location as all
XCOMM installation packages are relative to this
XCOMM
if [ ${0%/STAR} != "dinstall.dt" ]; then
cd ${0%/STAR}
fi
XCOMM set up the TOP directory of where the CD is mounted
TOP=`pwd`
XCOMM set up the path for whoami command
WHOAMI_PATH=/bin
platform=$(GetPlatform)
case "$platform" in
hp) WHOAMI_PATH=/usr/bin
;;
ibm) WHOAMI_PATH=/bin
;;
sun) WHOAMI_PATH=/usr/ucb
;;
uxp) WHOAMI_PATH=/usr/ucb
;;
usl) WHOAMI_PATH=/usr/ucb
;;
dec) WHOAMI_PATH=/usr/bin
;;
esac
DTIDINSTALLDT=dinstall.dt
DTICONFIGDIR=config
dtiPlatform=$(GetPlatform)
DTIPLATFORMDIR=$dtiPlatform
DTIREADME=config/config.$dtiPlatform
if [ ${0##STAR/} != $DTIDINSTALLDT ]; then
HASH
HASH CDROM driver folds filenames to uppercase
HASH
typeset -u DTIDINSTALLDT
typeset -u DTICONFIGDIR
typeset -u DTIPLATFORMDIR
typeset -u DTIREADME
fi
XCOMM Parse the command line
while [ $# -ne 0 ];
do
case $1 in
-noprompt) NO_PROMPT=TRUE
print "NO_PROMPT is set"
shift
;;
*) print "$USAGE_MSG"
DtiPrint $USAGE
exit 1;;
esac
done
XCOMM Verify that we have the Root User
if [ $(DtiWhoami) != "root" ]
then
DtiShow "$PERMISSION_MSG"
Exit "$PERMISSION_MSG" 1
fi
XCOMM Check to see if the Desktop is actually installed on the system
if [ $(ValidConfiguration ) != "TRUE" ]
then
DtiPrint "$INVALID_CONFIGURATION_MSG"
exit 1
fi
XCOMM Determine if the OS is supported
PLATFORM=$(ValidOS)
XCOMM
XCOMM Initially PLATFORM is in lower case.
XCOMM Check if the $PLATFORM directory exists.
XCOMM if doesn't exist translate all to upper case.
XCOMM
if [ -d $PLATFORM ]
then
TAR_TREE=$TOP/$PLATFORM
POST_INSTALL_DIR=$TAR_TREE/config
DATABASE_FILES=$(awk 'BEGIN {FS=":"} /FILESETS: /{print $2}' $TAR_TREE/dt.pkg 2>/dev/null)
else
PLATFORM=`echo "$PLATFORM" | /usr/bin/tr "[a-z]" "[A-Z]"`
TAR_TREE=$TOP/$PLATFORM
POST_INSTALL_DIR=$TAR_TREE/CONFIG
DATABASE_FILES=$(awk 'BEGIN {FS=":"} /FILESETS: /{print $2}' $TAR_TREE/DT.PKG 2>/dev/null)
fi
XCOMM Tell the user what is going to happen
if [ $NO_PROMPT = FALSE ]
then
StateObjective
fi
XCOMM Show the user what directories are going to be deleted
if [ $NO_PROMPT = FALSE ]
then
ShowDirsToBeDeleted
fi
XCOMM Stop the Desktop
StopDesktop
XCOMM Run the Unconfigure Scripts
RunUnconfigScripts
XCOMM Remove the Desktop Files
RemoveDesktop

91
cde/admin/IntegTools/ezinstall.hp Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
#!/bin/ksh
echo ""
echo "ezinstall.hp is a very plain, very vanilla, very simple installation"
echo "script that installs the CDE Desktop and executes a set of config-"
echo "uration scripts. It assumes that you have set aside ample space - "
echo "about 46 Mb - for installation."
echo ""
echo "The Desktop is installed into the directory /usr/dt. This is the"
echo "logical top of CDE. If you wish to change the physical location"
echo "of the files, set up a symbolic link between /usr/dt and the actual"
echo "location. E.g., if you wish to physically locate the CDE files in"
echo "/bigdisk/opt, do a 'ln -s /bigdisk/opt /usr/dt' before executing the"
echo "ezinstall.hp script."
echo ""
echo "Okay?"
echo ""
read response
if [ `/usr/bin/whoami` != "root" ]
then
echo ""
echo "You must be root to run this script"
echo ""
exit 1
fi
if [ "$1" = "" -o "$2" = "" ]
then
echo "Usage: ezinstall <the compressed tar of dt> <the tar of the scripts>"
echo " [ -clean ]"
exit 1
fi
ztar=$1
star=$2
#
# have to install in /usr/dt
#
# clean it first
#
if [ "$3" = "-clean" ]
then
rm -rf /usr/dt/*
rm -rf /var/dt/*
fi
if [ "$1" != "skip" ]
then
compress -d <$ztar | tar xvf -
fi
#
# place the scripts in /tmp/ez
#
mkdir /tmp/ez
echo "$PWD: copying $star to /tmp/ez"
cp $star /tmp/ez
cd /tmp/ez
tarfile=${star##*/}
tar xvf $tarfile
#
# execute each of the scripts
#
for i in config* hp/config*
do
if [ -f $i ]
then
if [ ! -x $i ]
then
chmod 555 $i
fi
echo "executing $i script"
./$i
fi
done
cd /tmp
rm -rf /tmp/ez
echo ""
echo "All done!"
echo "type /usr/dt/bin/dtlogin to start CDE"
echo ""

1736
cde/admin/IntegTools/install-cde Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

128
cde/admin/IntegTools/install.dt.dec.src Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
XCOMM $XConsortium: install.dt.dec.src /main/3 1996/11/19 11:43:45 drk $
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM install.dt.dec.src
XCOMM
XCOMM Platform specific function overrides for the April 1994 Snapshot
XCOMM install script, install.dt.
XCOMM
XCOMM This file is sourced by the install.dt script to allow platform
XCOMM specific behavior for certain functionality. These functions are:
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiClearScreen() - clear the screen
XCOMM DtiFreeSpace() - return available bytes in a directory
XCOMM DtiVerifyConfiguration() - verify system configuration
XCOMM DtiWhoami() - return user name
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiClearScreen() - clears the screen
XCOMM
XCOMM The default DtiClearScreen() uses the 'clear' command to clear the
XCOMM screen. If this platform does not have the 'clear' command,
XCOMM declare DtiClearScreen() here with the appropriate functionality.
XCOMM
XCOMM Note: The default DtiClearScreen() writes to stderr, rather than stdout,
XCOMM so be sure to do the same here. DtiPrint() does this automatically, so
XCOMM use it if possible.
XCOMM
XCOMM Example:
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiClearScreen()
XCOMM {
XCOMM DtiPrint "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n"
XCOMM DtiPrint "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n"
XCOMM }
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return -none
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM DtiClearScreen() {
XCOMM clear 1>&2
XCOMM }
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiFreeSpace
XCOMM
XCOMM The default DtiFreeSpace() does not check for free space, rather it
XCOMM simply returns a BigNumber that install.dt will assume is large
XCOMM enough in which to install the desktop.
XCOMM
XCOMM Declare DtiFreeSpace() here to return the actual available space for
XCOMM a particular directory.
XCOMM
XCOMM The $1 parameter will contain the directory name to test. The directory
XCOMM specified will exist. DtiFreeSpace() should return the number of bytes
XCOMM available via the DtiReturn() function.
XCOMM
XCOMM Input
XCOMM $1 - directory name
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return
XCOMM number of bytes available
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
DtiFreeSpace()
{
BDFOUT=`df -k $1 | awk '{print $4}'`
for i in $BDFOUT
do
if [ "$i" != "Avail" ]
then
i=`expr $i \* 1024`
DtiReturn "$i"
fi
done
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiVerifyConfiguration
XCOMM
XCOMM The default DtiVerifyConfiguration() does no system configuration
XCOMM testing. For a particular platform, one might want to test for
XCOMM the presence of X11R5 or the OS version, for example, before allowing
XCOMM the desktop to be installed.
XCOMM
XCOMM Declare this function to make such platform specific tests. Return
XCOMM "yes" if the system passed, or "<message text>" if the system failed
XCOMM in which case install.dt will display the <message text> as the reason.
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return
XCOMM "yes" - system configuration verified
XCOMM "<message text>" - verification failed, display message text
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM DtiVerifyConfiguration()
XCOMM {
XCOMM DtiReturn "yes"
XCOMM }
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiWhoami
XCOMM
XCOMM The default DtiWhoami() uses the 'whoami' command to determine
XCOMM the user name. If this platform does not have the 'whoami' command,
XCOMM declare DtiWhoami() here with the appropriate functionality.
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return
XCOMM result of system 'whoami' command
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
DtiWhoami()
{
/usr/bin/whoami
}

126
cde/admin/IntegTools/install.dt.hp.src Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
XCOMM $XConsortium: install.dt.hp.src /main/3 1996/04/21 19:06:53 drk $
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM install.dt.hp
XCOMM
XCOMM Platform specific function overrides for the April 1994 Snapshot
XCOMM install script, install.dt.
XCOMM
XCOMM This file is sourced by the install.dt script to allow platform
XCOMM specific behavior for certain functionality. These functions are:
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiClearScreen() - clear the screen
XCOMM DtiFreeSpace() - return available bytes in a directory
XCOMM DtiVerifyConfiguration() - verify system configuration
XCOMM DtiWhoami() - return user name
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiClearScreen() - clears the screen
XCOMM
XCOMM The default DtiClearScreen() uses the 'clear' command to clear the
XCOMM screen. If this platform does not have the 'clear' command,
XCOMM declare DtiClearScreen() here with the appropriate functionality.
XCOMM
XCOMM Note: The default DtiClearScreen() writes to stderr, rather than stdout,
XCOMM so be sure to do the same here. DtiPrint() does this automatically, so
XCOMM use it if possible.
XCOMM
XCOMM Example:
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiClearScreen()
XCOMM {
XCOMM DtiPrint "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n"
XCOMM DtiPrint "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n"
XCOMM }
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return -none
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM DtiClearScreen() {
XCOMM clear 1>&2
XCOMM }
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiFreeSpace
XCOMM
XCOMM The default DtiFreeSpace() does not check for free space, rather it
XCOMM simply returns a BigNumber that install.dt will assume is large
XCOMM enough in which to install the desktop.
XCOMM
XCOMM Declare DtiFreeSpace() here to return the actual available space for
XCOMM a particular directory.
XCOMM
XCOMM The $1 parameter will contain the directory name to test. The directory
XCOMM specified will exist. DtiFreeSpace() should return the number of bytes
XCOMM available via the DtiReturn() function.
XCOMM
XCOMM Input
XCOMM $1 - directory name
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return
XCOMM number of bytes available
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
DtiFreeSpace()
{
BDFOUT=`bdf $1 | awk '{print $4}'`
for i in $BDFOUT
do
if [ "$i" != "avail" ]
then
DtiReturn "$i"
fi
done
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiVerifyConfiguration
XCOMM
XCOMM The default DtiVerifyConfiguration() does no system configuration
XCOMM testing. For a particular platform, one might want to test for
XCOMM the presence of X11R5 or the OS version, for example, before allowing
XCOMM the desktop to be installed.
XCOMM
XCOMM Declare this function to make such platform specific tests. Return
XCOMM "yes" if the system passed, or "<message text>" if the system failed
XCOMM in which case install.dt will display the <message text> as the reason.
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return
XCOMM "yes" - system configuration verified
XCOMM "<message text>" - verification failed, display message text
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM DtiVerifyConfiguration()
XCOMM {
XCOMM DtiReturn "yes"
XCOMM }
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiWhoami
XCOMM
XCOMM The default DtiWhoami() uses the 'whoami' command to determine
XCOMM the user name. If this platform does not have the 'whoami' command,
XCOMM declare DtiWhoami() here with the appropriate functionality.
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return
XCOMM result of system 'whoami' command
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM DtiWhoami()
XCOMM {
XCOMM whoami
XCOMM }

158
cde/admin/IntegTools/install.dt.ibm.src Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
XCOMM $XConsortium: install.dt.ibm.src /main/3 1996/04/21 19:06:56 drk $
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM install.dt.ibm
XCOMM
XCOMM Platform specific function overrides for the April 1994 Snapshot
XCOMM install script, install.dt.
XCOMM
XCOMM This file is sourced by the install.dt script to allow platform
XCOMM specific behavior for certain functionality. These functions are:
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiClearScreen() - clear the screen
XCOMM DtiFreeSpace() - return available bytes in a directory
XCOMM DtiVerifyConfiguration() - verify system configuration
XCOMM DtiWhoami() - return user name
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiClearScreen() - clears the screen
XCOMM
XCOMM The default DtiClearScreen() uses the 'clear' command to clear the
XCOMM screen. If this platform does not have the 'clear' command,
XCOMM declare DtiClearScreen() here with the appropriate functionality.
XCOMM
XCOMM Note: The default DtiClearScreen() writes to stderr, rather than stdout,
XCOMM so be sure to do the same here. DtiPrint() does this automatically, so
XCOMM use it if possible.
XCOMM
XCOMM Example:
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiClearScreen()
XCOMM {
XCOMM DtiPrint "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n"
XCOMM DtiPrint "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n"
XCOMM }
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return -none
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM DtiClearScreen() {
XCOMM clear 1>&2
XCOMM }
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiFreeSpace
XCOMM
XCOMM The default DtiFreeSpace() does not check for free space, rather it
XCOMM simply returns a BigNumber that install.dt will assume is large
XCOMM enough in which to install the desktop.
XCOMM
XCOMM Declare DtiFreeSpace() here to return the actual available space for
XCOMM a particular directory.
XCOMM
XCOMM The $1 parameter will contain the directory name to test. The directory
XCOMM specified will exist. DtiFreeSpace() should return the number of bytes
XCOMM available via the DtiReturn() function.
XCOMM
XCOMM Input
XCOMM $1 - directory name
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return
XCOMM number of bytes available
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
DtiFreeSpace()
{
dtspace=`df $1 | awk '
BEGIN{
a = 1
}
{
if($1 == "Filesystem") {
getline
space = $3*1024
}
}
END{
a = space
print a
} ' `
DtiReturn $dtspace
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiVerifyConfiguration
XCOMM
XCOMM The default DtiVerifyConfiguration() does no system configuration
XCOMM testing. For a particular platform, one might want to test for
XCOMM the presence of X11R5 or the OS version, for example, before allowing
XCOMM the desktop to be installed.
XCOMM
XCOMM Declare this function to make such platform specific tests. Return
XCOMM "yes" if the system passed, or "<message text>" if the system failed
XCOMM in which case install.dt will display the <message text> as the reason.
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return
XCOMM "yes" - system configuration verified
XCOMM "<message text>" - verification failed, display message text
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
DtiVerifyConfiguration()
{
IsX11R5=`lslpp -h | awk '
BEGIN {
X11R5=0
}
/X11rte.obj/ {
getline
if(($1 == "01.02.0003.0000") && ($2 == "COMPLETE")) {
X11R5=1
exit 1
}
}
END {
print X11R5
}'`
if [ $IsX11R5 = 1 ];
then
DtiReturn "yes"
else
DtiReturn "The Desktop requires that X11R5 be installed on your system.\n
0) Continue with Desktop Installation
99) Exit Desktop Installation
Please enter selection: "
fi
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiWhoami
XCOMM
XCOMM The default DtiWhoami() uses the 'whoami' command to determine
XCOMM the user name. If this platform does not have the 'whoami' command,
XCOMM declare DtiWhoami() here with the appropriate functionality.
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return
XCOMM result of system 'whoami' command
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM DtiWhoami()
XCOMM {
XCOMM whoami
XCOMM }

1157
cde/admin/IntegTools/install.dt.src Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

128
cde/admin/IntegTools/install.dt.sun.src Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
XCOMM $XConsortium: install.dt.sun.src /main/3 1996/04/21 19:07:03 drk $
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM install.dt.sun
XCOMM
XCOMM Platform specific function overrides for the April 1994 Snapshot
XCOMM install script, install.dt.
XCOMM
XCOMM This file is sourced by the install.dt script to allow platform
XCOMM specific behavior for certain functionality. These functions are:
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiClearScreen() - clear the screen
XCOMM DtiFreeSpace() - return available bytes in a directory
XCOMM DtiVerifyConfiguration() - verify system configuration
XCOMM DtiWhoami() - return user name
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiClearScreen() - clears the screen
XCOMM
XCOMM The default DtiClearScreen() uses the 'clear' command to clear the
XCOMM screen. If this platform does not have the 'clear' command,
XCOMM declare DtiClearScreen() here with the appropriate functionality.
XCOMM
XCOMM Note: The default DtiClearScreen() writes to stderr, rather than stdout,
XCOMM so be sure to do the same here. DtiPrint() does this automatically, so
XCOMM use it if possible.
XCOMM
XCOMM Example:
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiClearScreen()
XCOMM {
XCOMM DtiPrint "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n"
XCOMM DtiPrint "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n"
XCOMM }
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return -none
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM DtiClearScreen() {
XCOMM clear 1>&2
XCOMM }
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiFreeSpace
XCOMM
XCOMM The default DtiFreeSpace() does not check for free space, rather it
XCOMM simply returns a BigNumber that install.dt will assume is large
XCOMM enough in which to install the desktop.
XCOMM
XCOMM Declare DtiFreeSpace() here to return the actual available space for
XCOMM a particular directory.
XCOMM
XCOMM The $1 parameter will contain the directory name to test. The directory
XCOMM specified will exist. DtiFreeSpace() should return the number of bytes
XCOMM available via the DtiReturn() function.
XCOMM
XCOMM Input
XCOMM $1 - directory name
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return
XCOMM number of bytes available
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
DtiFreeSpace()
{
BDFOUT=`df -k $1 | awk '{print $4}'`
for i in $BDFOUT
do
if [ "$i" != "avail" ]
then
i=`expr $i \* 1024`
DtiReturn "$i"
fi
done
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiVerifyConfiguration
XCOMM
XCOMM The default DtiVerifyConfiguration() does no system configuration
XCOMM testing. For a particular platform, one might want to test for
XCOMM the presence of X11R5 or the OS version, for example, before allowing
XCOMM the desktop to be installed.
XCOMM
XCOMM Declare this function to make such platform specific tests. Return
XCOMM "yes" if the system passed, or "<message text>" if the system failed
XCOMM in which case install.dt will display the <message text> as the reason.
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return
XCOMM "yes" - system configuration verified
XCOMM "<message text>" - verification failed, display message text
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM DtiVerifyConfiguration()
XCOMM {
XCOMM DtiReturn "yes"
XCOMM }
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiWhoami
XCOMM
XCOMM The default DtiWhoami() uses the 'whoami' command to determine
XCOMM the user name. If this platform does not have the 'whoami' command,
XCOMM declare DtiWhoami() here with the appropriate functionality.
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return
XCOMM result of system 'whoami' command
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
DtiWhoami()
{
/usr/ucb/whoami
}

174
cde/admin/IntegTools/install.dt.usl.src Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
XCOMM $XConsortium: install.dt.usl.src /main/4 1996/04/23 11:19:27 drk $
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM install.dt.usl
XCOMM
XCOMM Platform specific function overrides for the April 1994 Snapshot
XCOMM install script, install.dt.
XCOMM
XCOMM This file is sourced by the install.dt script to allow platform
XCOMM specific behavior for certain functionality. These functions are:
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiClearScreen() - clear the screen
XCOMM DtiFreeSpace() - return available bytes in a directory
XCOMM DtiVerifyConfiguration() - verify system configuration
XCOMM DtiWhoami() - return user name
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
#define HASH #
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiClearScreen() - clears the screen
XCOMM
XCOMM The default DtiClearScreen() uses the 'clear' command to clear the
XCOMM screen. If this platform does not have the 'clear' command,
XCOMM declare DtiClearScreen() here with the appropriate functionality.
XCOMM
XCOMM Note: The default DtiClearScreen() writes to stderr, rather than stdout,
XCOMM so be sure to do the same here. DtiPrint() does this automatically, so
XCOMM use it if possible.
XCOMM
XCOMM Example:
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiClearScreen()
XCOMM {
XCOMM DtiPrint "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n"
XCOMM DtiPrint "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n"
XCOMM }
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return -none
XCOMM
XCOMM USL uses the default (clear). We'll define it here to ensure usage.
XCOMM ==========================================================================
DtiClearScreen() {
clear 1>&2
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiFreeSpace
XCOMM
XCOMM The default DtiFreeSpace() does not check for free space, rather it
XCOMM simply returns a BigNumber that install.dt will assume is large
XCOMM enough in which to install the desktop.
XCOMM
XCOMM Declare DtiFreeSpace() here to return the actual available space for
XCOMM a particular directory.
XCOMM
XCOMM The $1 parameter will contain the directory name to test. The directory
XCOMM specified will exist. DtiFreeSpace() should return the number of bytes
XCOMM available via the DtiReturn() function.
XCOMM
XCOMM Input
XCOMM $1 - directory name
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return
XCOMM number of bytes available
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
DtiFreeSpace()
{
blocks="$(df "$1" | sed 's/^.*://' | awk '{print $1}')"
case "$blocks" in
[0-9]*) let blocks=blocks*512
DtiReturn "$blocks" ;;
*) DtiReturn "0" ;; # install.dt warn and confirm
esac
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiVerifyConfiguration
XCOMM
XCOMM The default DtiVerifyConfiguration() does no system configuration
XCOMM testing. For a particular platform, one might want to test for
XCOMM the presence of X11R5 or the OS version, for example, before allowing
XCOMM the desktop to be installed.
XCOMM
XCOMM Declare this function to make such platform specific tests. Return
XCOMM "yes" if the system passed, or "<message text>" if the system failed
XCOMM in which case install.dt will display the <message text> as the reason.
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return
XCOMM "yes" - system configuration verified
XCOMM "<message text>" - verification failed, display message text
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
DtiVerifyConfiguration()
{
if [ "$(uname -s)" = UNIX_SV -a "$(uname -r)" = 4.2 ]
then
if [ "$(uname -v)" = 1.0 ]
then
DtiReturn \
"WARNING: THE CDE DESKTOP IS NOT SUPPORTED ON UnixWare 1.0"
else
HASH for all 4.2 releases after 1.0
DtiReturn "yes"
fi
else
DtiReturn "ERROR: THIS IS NOT A \"UNIX_SV 4.2\" SYSTEM"
fi
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiWhoami
XCOMM
XCOMM The default DtiWhoami() uses the 'whoami' command to determine
XCOMM the user name. If this platform does not have the 'whoami' command,
XCOMM declare DtiWhoami() here with the appropriate functionality.
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return
XCOMM result of system 'whoami' command
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
DtiWhoami()
{
/usr/ucb/whoami
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiPrint - echo to stderr and log
XCOMM
XCOMM Input
XCOMM $1 - data to echo to stdout and log
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return -none
XCOMM
XCOMM Override on UnixWare because of printf "%s" integer-const problem
XCOMM This coordinates with the leading blank in the passing of " $meg" in master.
XCOMM ==========================================================================
DtiPrint()
{
if [ "$#" -gt 1 ]
then
if [ "$#" -gt 5 ]
then
printf "$1" "$2" "$3" "$4" "$5" "$6" $7 $8 $9 >&2
else
if [ "$#" -gt 4 ]
then
printf "$1" "$2" "$3" "$4" "$5" $6 $7 $8 $9 >&2
else
printf "$1" "$2" $3 $4 $5 $6 $7 $8 $9 >&2
fi
fi
else
printf "$1" $2 $3 $4 $5 $6 $7 $8 $9 >&2
fi
Log "$1" $2 $3 $4 $5 $6 $7 $8 $9
}

175
cde/admin/IntegTools/install.dt.uxp.src Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
XCOMM $XConsortium: install.dt.uxp.src /main/4 1996/11/19 11:44:17 drk $
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM install.dt.usl
XCOMM
XCOMM Platform specific function overrides for the April 1994 Snapshot
XCOMM install script, install.dt.
XCOMM
XCOMM This file is sourced by the install.dt script to allow platform
XCOMM specific behavior for certain functionality. These functions are:
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiClearScreen() - clear the screen
XCOMM DtiFreeSpace() - return available bytes in a directory
XCOMM DtiVerifyConfiguration() - verify system configuration
XCOMM DtiWhoami() - return user name
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
#define HASH #
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiClearScreen() - clears the screen
XCOMM
XCOMM The default DtiClearScreen() uses the 'clear' command to clear the
XCOMM screen. If this platform does not have the 'clear' command,
XCOMM declare DtiClearScreen() here with the appropriate functionality.
XCOMM
XCOMM Note: The default DtiClearScreen() writes to stderr, rather than stdout,
XCOMM so be sure to do the same here. DtiPrint() does this automatically, so
XCOMM use it if possible.
XCOMM
XCOMM Example:
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiClearScreen()
XCOMM {
XCOMM DtiPrint "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n"
XCOMM DtiPrint "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n"
XCOMM }
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return -none
XCOMM
XCOMM USL uses the default (clear). We'll define it here to ensure usage.
XCOMM ==========================================================================
DtiClearScreen() {
clear 1>&2
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiFreeSpace
XCOMM
XCOMM The default DtiFreeSpace() does not check for free space, rather it
XCOMM simply returns a BigNumber that install.dt will assume is large
XCOMM enough in which to install the desktop.
XCOMM
XCOMM Declare DtiFreeSpace() here to return the actual available space for
XCOMM a particular directory.
XCOMM
XCOMM The $1 parameter will contain the directory name to test. The directory
XCOMM specified will exist. DtiFreeSpace() should return the number of bytes
XCOMM available via the DtiReturn() function.
XCOMM
XCOMM Input
XCOMM $1 - directory name
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return
XCOMM number of bytes available
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
DtiFreeSpace()
{
blocks="$(df "$1" | sed 's/^.*://' | awk '{print $1}')"
case "$blocks" in
[0-9]*) let blocks=blocks*512
DtiReturn "$blocks" ;;
*) DtiReturn "0" ;; # install.dt warn and confirm
esac
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiVerifyConfiguration
XCOMM
XCOMM The default DtiVerifyConfiguration() does no system configuration
XCOMM testing. For a particular platform, one might want to test for
XCOMM the presence of X11R5 or the OS version, for example, before allowing
XCOMM the desktop to be installed.
XCOMM
XCOMM Declare this function to make such platform specific tests. Return
XCOMM "yes" if the system passed, or "<message text>" if the system failed
XCOMM in which case install.dt will display the <message text> as the reason.
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return
XCOMM "yes" - system configuration verified
XCOMM "<message text>" - verification failed, display message text
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
DtiVerifyConfiguration()
{
if [ "$(uname -s)" = UNIX_System_V -a "$(uname -r)" = 4.2.0 ]
then
DtiReturn "yes"
HASH if [ "$(uname -v)" = 1.0 ]
HASH then
HASH DtiReturn "WARNING: THE CDE DESKTOP IS NOT SUPPORTED ON UnixWare 1.0"
HASH else
HASH for all 4.2 releases after 1.0
HASH DtiReturn "yes"
HASH fi
else
DtiReturn "ERROR: THIS IS NOT A \"UNIX_System_V 4.2.0\" SYSTEM"
fi
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiWhoami
XCOMM
XCOMM The default DtiWhoami() uses the 'whoami' command to determine
XCOMM the user name. If this platform does not have the 'whoami' command,
XCOMM declare DtiWhoami() here with the appropriate functionality.
XCOMM
XCOMM Input - none
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return
XCOMM result of system 'whoami' command
XCOMM
XCOMM ==========================================================================
DtiWhoami()
{
/usr/ucb/whoami
}
XCOMM ==========================================================================
XCOMM
XCOMM DtiPrint - echo to stderr and log
XCOMM
XCOMM Input
XCOMM $1 - data to echo to stdout and log
XCOMM Output - none
XCOMM Return -none
XCOMM
XCOMM Override on UnixWare because of printf "%s" integer-const problem
XCOMM This coordinates with the leading blank in the passing of " $meg" in master.
XCOMM ==========================================================================
DtiPrint()
{
if [ "$#" -gt 1 ]
then
if [ "$#" -gt 5 ]
then
printf "$1" "$2" "$3" "$4" "$5" "$6" $7 $8 $9 >&2
else
if [ "$#" -gt 4 ]
then
printf "$1" "$2" "$3" "$4" "$5" $6 $7 $8 $9 >&2
else
printf "$1" "$2" $3 $4 $5 $6 $7 $8 $9 >&2
fi
fi
else
printf "$1" $2 $3 $4 $5 $6 $7 $8 $9 >&2
fi
Log "$1" $2 $3 $4 $5 $6 $7 $8 $9
}

164
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/Imakefile Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
XCOMM $TOG: Imakefile /main/13 1998/03/11 16:20:10 mgreess $
#ifndef HPArchitecture
# define IHaveSubdirs
#endif
#define PassCDebugFlags
#ifdef SunArchitecture
.NO_PARALLEL:
#endif
TOOL_DIR = ../dbTools
DATABASE_DIR = ../../../databases
BUILD_UDB_TOOL = ./build_udb_list
#ifdef HPArchitecture
PLATFORM = hp-ux
#endif
#ifdef LinuxArchitecture
PLATFORM = linux
SUBDIRS = linux
#endif
#ifdef RsArchitecture
PLATFORM = aix
SUBDIRS = ibm
#endif
#ifdef SunArchitecture
PLATFORM = sun
SUBDIRS = sun
#endif
#ifdef UXPArchitecture
PLATFORM = uxp
SUBDIRS = uxp
#endif
#ifdef USLArchitecture
PLATFORM = usl
SUBDIRS = usl
#endif
#ifdef AlphaArchitecture
PLATFORM = dec
SUBDIRS = dec
#endif
#ifndef HPArchitecture
MakeSubdirs($(SUBDIRS))
#endif
all::
configHelp:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-HELP-C.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-HELP-C.udb > CDE-HELP-C.lst
$(BUILD_UDB_TOOL) CDE-HELP-C ../../..
configHelpPrg:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-HELP-PRG.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-HELP-PRG.udb > CDE-HELP-PRG.lst
$(BUILD_UDB_TOOL) CDE-HELP-PRG ../../..
configDemos:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-DEMOS.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-DEMOS.udb > CDE-DEMOS.lst
$(BUILD_UDB_TOOL) CDE-DEMOS ../../..
configFonts:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-FONTS.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-FONTS.udb > CDE-FONTS.lst
$(BUILD_UDB_TOOL) CDE-FONTS ../../..
configHelpRun:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-HELP-RUN.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-HELP-RUN.udb > CDE-HELP-RUN.lst
$(BUILD_UDB_TOOL) CDE-HELP-RUN ../../..
configIcons:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-ICONS.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-ICONS.udb > CDE-ICONS.lst
$(BUILD_UDB_TOOL) CDE-ICONS ../../..
configInc:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-INC.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-INC.udb > CDE-INC.lst
$(BUILD_UDB_TOOL) CDE-INC ../../..
configManDev:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-MAN-DEV.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-MAN-DEV.udb > CDE-MAN-DEV.lst
$(BUILD_UDB_TOOL) CDE-MAN-DEV ../../..
configMan:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-MAN.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-MAN.udb > CDE-MAN.lst
$(BUILD_UDB_TOOL) CDE-MAN ../../..
configMsgCat:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-MSG-C.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-MSG-C.udb > CDE-MSG-C.lst
$(BUILD_UDB_TOOL) CDE-MSG-C ../../..
configPrg:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-PRG.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-PRG.udb > CDE-PRG.lst
$(BUILD_UDB_TOOL) CDE-PRG ../../..
configShlibs:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-SHLIBS.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-SHLIBS.udb > CDE-SHLIBS.lst
$(BUILD_UDB_TOOL) CDE-SHLIBS ../../..
LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES = -DCDE_INSTALLATION_TOP=$(CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP) \
-DCDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP=$(CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP) \
-DCDE_LOGFILES_TOP=$(CDE_LOGFILES_TOP)
CppSourceFile(configHelp,configHelp.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppSourceFile(configHelpPrg,configHelpPrg.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppSourceFile(configDemos,configDemos.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppSourceFile(configFonts,configFonts.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppSourceFile(configHelpRun,configHelpRun.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppSourceFile(configIcons,configIcons.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppSourceFile(configInc,configInc.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppSourceFile(configMan,configMan.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppSourceFile(configManDev,configManDev.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppSourceFile(configMsgCat,configMsgCat.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppSourceFile(configPrg,configPrg.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppSourceFile(configShlibs,configShlibs.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
configHelp:: configHelp.src
chmod +x configHelp
configHelpPrg:: configHelpPrg.src
chmod +x configHelpPrg
configDemos:: configDemos.src
chmod +x configDemos
configFonts:: configFonts.src
chmod +x configFonts
configHelpRun:: configHelpRun.src
chmod +x configHelpRun
configIcons:: configIcons.src
chmod +x configIcons
configInc:: configInc.src
chmod +x configInc
configMan:: configMan.src
chmod +x configMan
configManDev:: configManDev.src
chmod +x configManDev
configMsgCat:: configMsgCat.src
chmod +x configMsgCat
configPrg:: configPrg.src
chmod +x configPrg
configShlibs:: configShlibs.src
chmod +x configShlibs
clean::
$(RM) *.lst *.list

4
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/build_udb_list Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
#!/bin/ksh
awk '{if ($1 == "install_target" && $3 != "") print $3}' \
$2/databases/$1.udb >$1.list

93
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/configDemos.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-DEMOS
XCOMM customize
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configDemos.src /main/4 1996/04/23 19:32:44 drk $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
#define STAR *
XCOMM ############################################
XCOMM #
XCOMM # HELP_symlinks
XCOMM #
XCOMM # create various symlinks
XCOMM #
XCOMM ############################################
RemoveDemoFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-DEMOS.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-DEMOS.lst"
EOF
}
#include "option.func"
XCOMM ##########################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ##########################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-DEMOS
retval=0
CDE_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
CDE_CONF_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
echo "de-Configuring for CDE-DEMOS..."
RemoveDemoFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
return $retval

90
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/configFonts.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-FONTS
XCOMM customize
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configFonts.src /main/4 1996/04/23 19:32:48 drk $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
#define STAR *
XCOMM ############################################
RemoveFontFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-FONTS.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-FONTS.lst"
EOF
}
#include "option.func"
XCOMM ##########################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ##########################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-FONTS
retval=0
CDE_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
CDE_CONF_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
echo "de-Configuring for CDE-FONTS..."
RemoveFontFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
return $retval

90
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/configHelp.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-HELP-C
XCOMM customize
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configHelp.src /main/5 1996/04/23 19:32:52 drk $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
#define STAR *
RemoveHelpFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-HELP-C.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-HELP-C.lst"
EOF
}
#include "option.func"
XCOMM ##########################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ##########################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-HELP-C
retval=0
CDE_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
CDE_CONF_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
XCOMM
XCOMM set up symlinks that point into the $CDE_TOP tree
XCOMM
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
echo "de-Configuring for CDE-HELP-C..."
RemoveHelpFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
return $retval

87
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/configHelpPrg.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-HELP
XCOMM customize
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configHelpPrg.src /main/4 1996/04/23 19:32:56 drk $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
#define STAR *
RemoveHelpFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-HELP-PRG.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "verify.func"
done <<-EOF1
#include "CDE-HELP-PRG.lst"
EOF1
}
#include "option.func"
XCOMM ##########################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ##########################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-HELP
retval=0
CDE_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
CDE_CONF_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
echo "de-Configuring for CDE-HELP-PRG..."
RemoveHelpFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
return $retval

89
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/configHelpRun.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-HELP-RUN
XCOMM customize
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configHelpRun.src /main/4 1996/04/23 19:33:00 drk $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
#define STAR *
XCOMM ############################################
RemoveHelpRunFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-HELP-RUN.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-HELP-RUN.lst"
EOF
}
#include "option.func"
XCOMM ##########################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ##########################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-HELP-RUN
retval=0
CDE_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
CDE_CONF_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
echo "de-Configuring for CDE-HELP-RUN..."
RemoveHelpRunFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
return $retval

89
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/configIcons.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-ICONS
XCOMM customize
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configIcons.src /main/4 1996/04/23 19:33:04 drk $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
#define STAR *
XCOMM ############################################
RemoveIconFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-ICONS.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-ICONS.lst"
EOF
}
#include "option.func"
XCOMM ##########################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ##########################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-ICONS
retval=0
CDE_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
CDE_CONF_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
echo "de-Configuring for CDE-ICONS..."
RemoveIconFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
return $retval

89
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/configInc.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-INC
XCOMM customize
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configInc.src /main/4 1996/04/23 19:33:08 drk $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
#define STAR *
XCOMM ############################################
RemoveIncludeFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-INC.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-INC.lst"
EOF
}
#include "option.func"
XCOMM ##########################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ##########################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-INC
retval=0
CDE_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
CDE_CONF_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
echo "de-Configuring for CDE-INC..."
RemoveIncludeFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
return $retval

99
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/configLang.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
XCOMM!/bin/ksh
XCOMM $XConsortium: configLang.src /main/3 1996/04/23 19:33:13 drk $
ConfigureBackdropsForLang()
{
if [ ! -d /etc/dt/backdrops/$thelang ]
then
mkdir -p /etc/dt/backdrops/$thelang
fi
typeset -L1 firstchar
exec 3< ${build_tree}/cde1/localized/${thelang}/backdrops/backdrops.msg
while read -u3 SRC
do
firstchar=$SRC
if [ "$SRC" != "" -a "$firstchar" != "!" ]
then
set -A tokens $SRC
if [ "${tokens[1]}" = "" ]
then
ln -s /usr/dt/backdrops/C/${tokens[0]} \
/etc/dt/backdrops/$thelang/${tokens[0]}
else
ln -s /usr/dt/backdrops/C/${tokens[0]} \
/etc/dt/backdrops/$thelang/${tokens[1]}
fi
fi
done
exec 3<&-
}
ConfigurePalettesForLang()
{
if [ ! -d /etc/dt/palettes/$thelang ]
then
mkdir -p /etc/dt/palettes/$thelang
fi
typeset -L1 firstchar
exec 3< ${build_tree}/cde1/localized/${thelang}/palettes/palettes.msg
while read -u3 SRC
do
firstchar=$SRC
if [ "$SRC" != "" -a "$firstchar" != "!" ]
then
set -A tokens $SRC
if [ "${tokens[1]}" = "" ]
then
ln -s /usr/dt/palettes/C/${tokens[0]} \
/etc/dt/palettes/$thelang/${tokens[0]}
else
ln -s /usr/dt/palettes/C/${tokens[0]} \
/etc/dt/palettes/$thelang/${tokens[1]}
fi
fi
done
exec 3<&-
}
#include "option.func"
XCOMM ##################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ##################################################################
build_tree=$PWD
build_tree=${build_tree%/admin/IntegTools/post_install}
thelang=$2
if [ "$thelang" = "" -o "$thelang" = "-e" -o "$thelang" = "-d" ]
then
echo "Usage: configLang [ -e | -d ] <Lang>"
return 1
fi
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "configure" ]
then
ConfigureBackdropsForLang
ConfigurePalettesForLang
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
rm -rf /etc/dt/backdrops/$thelang
rm -rf /etc/dt/palettes/$thelang
fi

89
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/configMan.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-MAN
XCOMM customize
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configMan.src /main/4 1996/04/23 19:33:17 drk $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
#define STAR *
XCOMM ############################################
RemoveManFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-MAN.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-MAN.lst"
EOF
}
#include "option.func"
XCOMM ##########################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ##########################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-DEMOS
retval=0
CDE_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
CDE_CONF_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
echo "de-Configuring for CDE-MAN..."
RemoveManFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
return $retval

100
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/configManDev.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-MAN-DEV
XCOMM customize
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configManDev.src /main/4 1996/04/23 19:33:22 drk $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
#define STAR *
XCOMM ############################################
RemoveManDevFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
if [ -L $SRC -a -d $SRC ]
then
results=`ls $SRC`
if [ ! -s "$SRC" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
else
continue
fi
else
rm -f $SRC
fi
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-MAN-DEV.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-MAN-DEV.lst"
EOF
}
#include "option.func"
XCOMM ##########################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ##########################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-MAN-DEV
retval=0
CDE_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
CDE_CONF_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
echo "de-Configuring for CDE-MAN-DEV..."
RemoveManDevFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
return $retval

87
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/configMin.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-MIN
XCOMM configure
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configMin.src /main/4 1996/04/23 19:33:27 drk $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-MIN
retval=0
XCOMM
XCOMM check for existence of /etc/services
XCOMM
if [ ! -f /etc/services ] # highly unlikely
then
echo "" >/etc/services
fi
XCOMM
XCOMM see if it already exists
XCOMM
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspc") print $0 > "/tmp/dtspc-already-there"}' \
/etc/services >/dev/null
if [ ! -f /tmp/dtspc-already-there ]
then
echo "dtspc\t6112/tcp\t#subprocess control" >>/etc/services
else
rm /tmp/dtspc-already-there
fi
XCOMM
XCOMM remove legacy entries like dtspcd
XCOMM
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspcd" || $1 == "#dtspcd") ; else print $0}' \
/etc/services >/tmp/etc-services
mv /tmp/etc-services /etc/services
XCOMM
XCOMM check for existence of /etc/inetd.conf
XCOMM
if [ ! -f /etc/inetd.conf ] # highly unlikely
then
echo "" >/etc/inetd.conf
fi
XCOMM
XCOMM see if it already exists
XCOMM
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspc") print $0 > "/tmp/dtspc-already-there"}' \
/etc/inetd.conf >/dev/null
if [ ! -f /tmp/dtspc-already-there ]
then
echo dtspc stream tcp nowait root CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/dtspcd CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/dtspcd >>/etc/inetd.conf
else
rm /tmp/dtspc-already-there
fi
XCOMM
XCOMM remove legacy entries like dtspcd
XCOMM
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspcd" || $1 == "#dtspcd") ; else print $0}' \
/etc/inetd.conf >/tmp/etc-inetd-conf
mv /tmp/etc-inetd-conf /etc/inetd.conf
XCOMM
XCOMM create the /var/dt/tmp directory for the dtspcd
XCOMM
if [ ! -d CDE_LOGFILES_TOP/tmp ]
then
mkdir -p CDE_LOGFILES_TOP/tmp
fi
return $retval

89
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/configMsgCat.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-MSG-C
XCOMM customize
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configMsgCat.src /main/5 1996/04/23 19:33:31 drk $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
#define STAR *
XCOMM ############################################
RemoveMsgCatFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-MSG-C.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-MSG-C.lst"
EOF
}
#include "option.func"
XCOMM ##########################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ##########################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-MSG-C
retval=0
CDE_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
CDE_CONF_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
echo "de-Configuring for CDE-MSG-C..."
RemoveMsgCatFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
return $retval

89
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/configPrg.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-PRG
XCOMM customize
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configPrg.src /main/4 1996/04/23 19:33:35 drk $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
#define STAR *
XCOMM ############################################
RemovePrgFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-PRG.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-PRG.lst"
EOF
}
#include "option.func"
XCOMM ##########################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ##########################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-PRG
retval=0
CDE_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
CDE_CONF_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
echo "de-Configuring for CDE-PRG..."
RemovePrgFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
return $retval

193
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/configRun.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-RUN
XCOMM customize
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configRun.src /main/6 1996/10/18 16:30:22 drk $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
#define HASH #
#define STAR *
CreateAppConfigDirectory()
{
HASH
HASH Create the APPCONFIG directory inside DT_CONFIG_TOP and create
HASH all of its subdirectories
HASH
cd $DT_CONFIG_TOP
if [ ! -d $APPCONFIG ]
then
mkdir $APPCONFIG
fi
cd $APPCONFIG
for i in $APPCONFIG_DIRS
do
if [ ! -d $i ]
then
mkdir $i
fi
cd $i
XCOMM
HASH for each locale
HASH
for j in $DT_TOP/$APPCONFIG/$i/STAR
do
if [ ! -d `basename $j` ]
then
mkdir `basename $j`
fi
done
cd ..
done
}
LinkOtherIcons()
{
while read SRC
do
rm -f $DT_TOP/$APPCONFIG/icons/C/F$SRC
ln -s $DT_TOP/$APPCONFIG/icons/C/$SRC $DT_TOP/$APPCONFIG/icons/C/F$SRC
done <<-EOF
fphelp.t.pm
help.t.pm
paint.l.pm
paint.m.pm
paint.t.pm
penpad.t.pm
term.t.pm
EOF
}
XCOMM ##########################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ##########################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-RUN
DT_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
DT_CONFIG_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
DT_TEMP_TOP=CDE_LOGFILES_TOP
ROOT=/
retval=0
APPCONFIG=appconfig
APPCONFIG_DIRS="appmanager help icons types"
PRINTERS=""
DEFAULT_PRINTER="Default_Print"
HASH
HASH create the CDE_LOGFILES_TOP directory
HASH
if [ ! -d $DT_TEMP_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager ]
then
mkdir -p $DT_TEMP_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager
fi
mv $APPCONFIG/appmanager .hidden-appmanager
chmod -R 755 $DT_TEMP_TOP/STAR
chmod 755 $DT_TEMP_TMP/.hidden-appmanager
chown -R bin $DT_TEMP_TOP/STAR
chgrp -R bin $DT_TEMP_TOP/STAR
mv $DT_TEMP_TMP/.hidden-appmanager $DT_TEMP_TMP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager
chmod 755 $DT_TEMP_TOP
chown bin $DT_TEMP_TOP
chgrp bin $DT_TEMP_TOP
HASH
HASH create the CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP and its config directory
HASH
if [ ! -d $DT_CONFIG_TOP ]
then
mkdir -p $DT_CONFIG_TOP
fi
if [ ! -d $DT_CONFIG_TOP/config ]
then
mkdir -p $DT_CONFIG_TOP/config
fi
CreateAppConfigDirectory
cd $DT_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager
HASH
HASH for each locale
HASH
for i in *
do
if [ -d $i ]
then
cd $i
HASH
HASH for each directory in the locale, check for a
HASH localized version of the Printers directory
HASH and for the file lp_Print within that directory
HASH
for j in *
do
if [ -f $j/$DEFAULT_PRINTER ]
then
PRINTERS=$j
HASH make the equivalent directory in the configuration
HASH directory
if [ ! -d $DT_CONFIG_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager/$i ]
then
mkdir $DT_CONFIG_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager/$i
fi
cd $DT_CONFIG_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager/$i
if [ ! -d $DT_CONFIG_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager/$i/$PRINTERS ]
then
mkdir $DT_CONFIG_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager/$i/$PRINTERS
fi
cd $DT_CONFIG_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager/$i/$PRINTERS
HASH now copy the file over from the installation dirctory
HASH if it is not already present.
if [ ! -f $DEFAULT_PRINTER ]
then
cp $DT_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager/$i/$PRINTERS/$DEFAULT_PRINTER .
fi
cd $DT_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager/$i
fi
done
cd $DT_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager
fi
done
HASH
HASH Configure Xsession.d
HASH
cd $DT_CONFIG_TOP/config
if [ ! -d Xsession.d ]
then
mkdir Xsession.d
fi
chmod -R 755 $DT_CONFIG_TOP
LinkOtherIcons
HASH
HASH mkProd can't seem to handle a mode of 2555 so
HASH do it here
HASH
chmod 2555 $DT_TOP/bin/dtmail
return $retval

88
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/configShlibs.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-SHLIBS
XCOMM customize
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configShlibs.src /main/4 1996/04/23 19:33:43 drk $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
#define STAR *
XCOMM ############################################
RemoveShlibFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-SHLIBS.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-SHLIBS.lst"
EOF
}
#include "option.func"
XCOMM #########################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM #########################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-SHLIBS
retval=0
CDE_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
CDE_CONF_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
echo "de-Configuring for CDE-SHLIBS..."
RemoveShlibFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
return $retval

26
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/configTT.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-TT
XCOMM configure
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configTT.src /main/4 1996/04/23 19:33:48 drk $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-TT
retval=0
XCOMM
XCOMM check for existence of /etc/inetd.conf
XCOMM
if [ ! -f /etc/inetd.conf ] # highly unlikely
then
echo "" >/etc/inetd.conf
fi
return $retval

59
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/dec/Imakefile Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
XCOMM $XConsortium: Imakefile /main/2 1996/04/21 19:14:11 drk $
TOOL_DIR = ../../dbTools
DATABASE_DIR = ../../../../databases
#ifdef HPArchitecture
PLATFORM = hp-ux
#endif
#ifdef RsArchitecture
PLATFORM = aix
#endif
#ifdef SunArchitecture
PLATFORM = sun
.NO_PARALLEL:
#endif
#ifdef USLArchitecture
PLATFORM = usl
#endif
#ifdef UXPArchitecture
PLATFORM = uxp
#endif
#ifdef AlphaArchitecture
PLATFORM = dec
#endif
all::
configMin:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-MIN.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-MIN.udb > CDE-MIN.lst
../build_udb_list CDE-MIN ../../../..
configTT:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-TT.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-TT.udb > CDE-TT.lst
../build_udb_list CDE-TT ../../../..
configRun:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-RUN.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-RUN.udb > CDE-RUN.lst
../build_udb_list CDE-RUN ../../../..
configShlibs:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-SHLIBS.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-SHLIBS.udb > CDE-SHLIBS.lst
../build_udb_list CDE-SHLIBS ../../../..
LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES = -DCDE_INSTALLATION_TOP=$(CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP) \
-DCDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP=$(CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP) \
-DCDE_LOGFILES_TOP=$(CDE_LOGFILES_TOP)
AllTarget(configShlibs configTT configRun configMin)
CppScriptTarget(configShlibs,configShlibs.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppScriptTarget(configTT,configTT.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppScriptTarget(configRun,configRun.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppScriptTarget(configMin,configMin.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
clean::
$(RM) *.lst *.list

236
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/dec/configMin.src Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-MIN
XCOMM configure
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configMin.src /main/3 1996/04/23 20:38:09 drk $
XCOMM #######
#define HASH #
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-MIN
DO_CONFIGURATION=""
retval=0
FixEtcServices()
{
FILE=/etc/services
TMPFILE=/tmp/services
XCOMM
XCOMM check for existence of /etc/services
XCOMM
if [ ! -f $FILE ] # highly unlikely
then
echo "" >$FILE
fi
XCOMM
XCOMM see if it already exists
XCOMM
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspc")
print $0 > "/tmp/dtspc-already-there"
}' $FILE >/dev/null
if [ ! -f /tmp/dtspc-already-there ]
then
echo "dtspc\t\t6112/tcp\t#subprocess control" >>$FILE
else
rm /tmp/dtspc-already-there
fi
XCOMM
XCOMM remove legacy entries like dtspcd
XCOMM
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspcd" || $1 == "#dtspcd")
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
}
UnfixEtcServices()
{
FILE=/etc/services
TMPFILE=/tmp/services
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspc" && $2 == "6112/tcp")
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
}
FixEtcInetdDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/inetd.conf
TMPFILE=/tmp/inetd.conf
XCOMM
XCOMM check for existence of /etc/inetd.conf
XCOMM
if [ ! -f $FILE ] # highly unlikely
then
echo "" >$FILE
fi
XCOMM
XCOMM Desired entry:
XCOMM dtspc stream tcp nowait root /usr/dt/bin/dtspcd dtspcd
XCOMM
XCOMM
XCOMM see if it already exists
XCOMM
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspc")
print $0 > "/tmp/dtspc-already-there"
}' $FILE >/dev/null
DTSPCD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/dtspcd
if [ ! -f /tmp/dtspc-already-there ]
then
echo "dtspc stream tcp nowait root $DTSPCD dtspcd" >>$FILE
else
rm /tmp/dtspc-already-there
fi
XCOMM
XCOMM remove legacy entries like dtspcd
XCOMM
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspcd" || $1 == "#dtspcd")
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
}
UnfixEtcInetdDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/inetd.conf
TMPFILE=/tmp/inetd.conf
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspc")
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
}
RemoveMinFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-MIN.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "../verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-MIN.lst"
EOF
}
#include "../option.func"
XCOMM ###############################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ###############################################################
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "configure" ]
then
FixEtcServices
FixEtcInetdDotConf
HASH
HASH create the /var/dt/tmp directory for the dtspcd
HASH
if [ ! -d CDE_LOGFILES_TOP/tmp ]
then
mkdir -p CDE_LOGFILES_TOP/tmp
fi
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
UnfixEtcServices
UnfixEtcInetdDotConf
RemoveMinFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
if [ "$OPERATION" != "verify" ]
then
HASH issue a SIGHUP to the inetd process
ps -ef | grep inetd | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if [ -s /tmp/tmppsout ]
then
awk '{print "kill -1 " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/csh
else
/usr/sbin/inetd -s
fi
fi
return $retval

438
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/dec/configRun.src Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-RUN
XCOMM configure
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configRun.src /main/4 1996/10/18 16:25:41 drk $
XCOMM #######
#define HASH #
#define STAR *
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-RUN
DO_CONFIGURATION=""
retval=0
FixInetdDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/inetd.conf
TMPFILE=/tmp/inetd.conf
CMSD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.cmsd
XCOMM
XCOMM desired inetd.conf entry:
XCOMM cmsd/2-5 dgram rpc/udb wait root /usr/dt/bin/rpc.cmsd rpc.cmsd
XCOMM
XCOMM first make an awk script and put it in a file.
XCOMM
XCOMM comment out any non-cde cmsd lines
XCOMM
nawk -v cmsd=$CMSD \
'{if ($1 == "cmsd/2-4" && $6 != cmsd)
print "#cde " $0;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
XCOMM remove any cde 2-4 cmsd
XCOMM
nawk -v cmsd=$CMSD \
'{if ($1 == "cmsd/2-4" && $6 == cmsd)
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
XCOMM
XCOMM now run an awk script to see if there is an occurrence of 2-5 cmsd
XCOMM
nawk -v cmsd=$CMSD \
'{if ($6 == cmsd && $1 == "cmsd/2-5")
print $0 > "/tmp/cmsd-already-there"
}' $FILE >/dev/null
XCOMM
XCOMM if it is not there, add it
XCOMM
if [ ! -f /tmp/cmsd-already-there ]
then
echo "cmsd/2-5 dgram rpc/udp wait root $CMSD rpc.cmsd" >>$FILE
else
rm /tmp/cmsd-already-there
fi
}
UnfixInetdDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/inetd.conf
TMPFILE=/tmp/inetd.conf
CMSD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.cmsd
HASH first remove the CDE cmsd entry
nawk -v cmsd=$CMSD \
'{if (($1 == "cmsd/2-4" || $1 == "cmsd/2-5") && $6 == cmsd)
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
HASH now uncomment any previously existing 100068 entry
awk '{if ($1 == "#cde") {
if ($2 == "cmsd/2-4") {
$1 = $2;
$2 = ""
}
}
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
}
FixEtcRpc()
{
XCOMM
XCOMM now check to see if the proper entry is in /etc/rpc
XCOMM
RPCFILE=/etc/rpc
TMPFILE=/tmp/etc-rpc
if [ ! -f $RPCFILE ]
then
HASH if the file doesn't exist (highly unlikely), make one
HASH with the proper entry
HASH
echo "cmsd 100068 dtcalendar" >$RPCFILE
else
HASH
HASH check to see if the entry is already there
HASH
awk '{if ($1 == "cmsd" && $2 == "100068")
print $0 > "/tmp/etc-rpc-already-there"
}' $RPCFILE >/dev/null
if [ ! -f /tmp/etc-rpc-already-there ]
then
HASH
HASH if it isn't, check to see if either term already
HASH exists
HASH
awk '{if ($1 == "cmsd" || $2 == "100068")
print $0 > "/tmp/etc-rpc-already-there"
}' $RPCFILE >/dev/null
HASH
HASH if either one does they need to be commented out
HASH
if [ ! -f /tmp/etc-rpc-already-there ]
then
echo "cmsd 100068 dtcalendar" >>$RPCFILE
else
awk '{if ($1 == "cmsd" || $2 == "100068")
print "#cde " $0;
else
print $0
}' $RPCFILE >$TMPFILE
echo "cmsd 100068 dtcalendar" >>$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $RPCFILE
rm /tmp/etc-rpc-already-there
fi
else
rm /tmp/etc-rpc-already-there
fi
fi
}
UnfixEtcRpc()
{
FILE="/etc/rpc"
TMPFILE="/tmp/etc-rpc"
awk '{if ($1 == "cmsd" && $2 == "100068")
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
awk '{if ($1 == "#cde" && ($2 == "cmsd" || $3 == "100068"))
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
}
FixXlogin()
{
if [ -L /sbin/rc3.d/S95xdm ]
then
/bin/cp -f CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/xlogin /sbin/init.d/xlogin
/bin/chown bin:bin /sbin/init.d/xlogin
/bin/chmod 750 /sbin/init.d/xlogin
/bin/ln -f -s ../init.d/xlogin /sbin/rc3.d/S95xdm
fi
}
UnfixXlogin()
{
if [ -L /sbin/rc3.d/S95xdm ]
then
/bin/ln -f -s ../init.d/xdm /sbin/rc3.d/S95xdm
if [ -e /sbin/init.d/xlogin ]
then
/bin/rm -f /sbin/init.d/xlogin
fi
fi
}
CreateAppConfigDirectory()
{
HASH
HASH Create the APPCONFIG directory inside DT_CONFIG_TOP and create
HASH all of its subdirectories
HASH
cd $DT_CONFIG_TOP
if [ ! -d $APPCONFIG ]
then
mkdir $APPCONFIG
fi
cd $APPCONFIG
for i in $APPCONFIG_DIRS
do
if [ ! -d $i ]
then
mkdir $i
fi
cd $i
HASH
HASH for each locale
HASH
for j in $DT_TOP/$APPCONFIG/$i/STAR
do
if [ ! -d `basename $j` ]
then
mkdir `basename $j`
fi
done
cd ..
done
}
doDttermTerminfo()
{
if [ -f $DT_TOP/config/dtterm.ti ]
then
/bin/tic $DT_TOP/config/dtterm.ti
if [ -f /usr/share/lib/terminfo/d/dtterm ]
then
/bin/chown bin:bin /usr/share/lib/terminfo/d/dtterm
/bin/chmod 644 /usr/share/lib/terminfo/d/dtterm
else
echo "Unable to compile $DT_TOP/config/dtterm.ti"
fi
else
echo "Unable to find $DT_TOP/config/dtterm.ti"
fi
}
RemoveRunFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-RUN.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "../verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-RUN.lst"
EOF
}
#include "../option.func"
XCOMM ##########################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ##########################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-RUN
DT_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
DT_CONFIG_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
DT_TEMP_TOP=CDE_LOGFILES_TOP
ROOT=/
retval=0
APPCONFIG=appconfig
APPCONFIG_DIRS="appmanager help icons types"
PRINTERS=""
DEFAULT_PRINTER="DtPrint"
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "configure" ]
then
HASH
HASH create the CDE_LOGFILES_TOP directory
HASH
if [ ! -d $DT_TEMP_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager ]
then
mkdir -p $DT_TEMP_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager
fi
cd $DT_TEMP_TOP
mv $APPCONFIG/appmanager .hidden-appmanager
chmod -R 755 *
chmod 755 .hidden-appmanager
chown -R bin *
chgrp -R bin *
mv .hidden-appmanager $APPCONFIG/appmanager
chmod 755 .
chown bin .
chgrp bin .
HASH
HASH create the CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP and its config directory
HASH
if [ ! -d $DT_CONFIG_TOP ]
then
mkdir -p $DT_CONFIG_TOP
fi
if [ ! -d $DT_CONFIG_TOP/config ]
then
mkdir -p $DT_CONFIG_TOP/config
fi
CreateAppConfigDirectory
HASH
HASH ConfigurePrintersDir
HASH
env LANG=C LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$DT_TOP/lib:/usr/shlib:/usr/lib $DT_TOP/bin/dtprintinfo -populate
HASH
HASH Configure Xsession.d
HASH
cd $DT_CONFIG_TOP/config
if [ ! -d Xsession.d ]
then
mkdir Xsession.d
fi
cd $DT_CONFIG_TOP
chmod -R 755 *
FixInetdDotConf
FixEtcRpc
FixXlogin
doDttermTerminfo
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
UnfixXlogin
UnfixEtcRpc
UnfixInetdDotConf
rm -f /usr/share/lib/terminfo/d/dtterm
RemoveRunFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
if [ "$OPERATION" != "verify" ]
then
HASH issue a SIGHUP to the inetd process
ps -ef | grep inetd | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if [ -s /tmp/tmppsout ]
then
awk '{print "kill -1 " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/csh
else
/usr/sbin/inetd -s
fi
fi
return $retval

166
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/dec/configShlibs.src Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-SHLIBS
XCOMM customize
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configShlibs.src /main/2 1996/04/21 19:14:20 drk $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
#define STAR *
XCOMM ############################################
RemoveShlibFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-SHLIBS.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "../verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-SHLIBS.lst"
EOF
}
#include "../option.func"
MakeTheLink()
{
XCOMM
XCOMM Special treatment for CDE .so's that would otherwise overwrite
XCOMM sponsor-provided libraries.
XCOMM
typeset -i status=0
for lib in $CDE_NEW_SHLIB
do
savedlib=/usr/shlib/$lib.preCDE
sharelib=/usr/shlib/$lib
cdelib=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/lib/$lib
echo " Creating symlink for $lib"
if [ -L $sharelib ]
then
if [ ! -e $savedlib ]
then
/bin/mv $sharelib $savedlib
fi
/bin/ln -s -f $cdelib $sharelib
elif [ -e $sharelib ]
then
/bin/mv -f $sharelib $savedlib
/bin/ln -s $cdelib $sharelib
else
echo " Failed to symlink $lib"
status=1
fi
done
return $status
}
UnmakeTheLink()
{
XCOMM
XCOMM Restore the saved versions of libraries.
XCOMM
for lib in $CDE_NEW_SHLIB
do
savedlib=/usr/shlib/$lib.preCDE
newlib=/usr/shlib/$lib
echo " Restoring $lib"
if [ -e $savedlib ]
then
if [ -L $newlib ]
then
/bin/rm -f $newlib
/bin/mv -f $savedlib $newlib
elif [ -e /usr/shlib/$lib ]
then
echo " $newlib is not a symlink. Left alone."
else
/bin/mv -f $savedlib $newlib
fi
fi
done
return $status
}
XCOMM ##########################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ##########################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-SHLIBS
retval=0
CDE_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
CDE_CONF_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
CDE_NEW_SHLIB="libXm.so libMrm.so"
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "configure" ]
then
XCOMM MakeTheLink
retval=0
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
XCOMM UnmakeTheLink
RemoveShlibFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
return $retval

239
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/dec/configTT.src Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-TT
XCOMM configure
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configTT.src /main/3 1996/04/23 20:38:20 drk $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
#define HASH #
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-TT
DO_CONFIGURATION=""
retval=0
FixInetdDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/inetd.conf
TMPFILE=/tmp/inetd.conf
TTDBSERVERD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.ttdbserver
OLDTTDBSERVERD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.ttdbserverd
XCOMM
XCOMM Desired entry:
XCOMM ttdbserver stream rpc/tcp wait root /usr/dt/bin/rpc.ttdbserver rpc.ttdbserver
XCOMM
XCOMM
XCOMM see if it already exists
XCOMM
nawk -v ttdb=$TTDBSERVERD -v oldttdb=$OLDTTDBSERVERD \
'{if (($1 == "ttdbserver" && $6 != ttdb) ||
($1 == "ttdbserverd" && $6 == oldttdb))
print "#cde " $0;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
awk '{if ($1 == "ttdbserver")
print $0 > "/tmp/tt-already-there"
}' $FILE >/dev/null
if [ ! -f /tmp/tt-already-there ]
then
echo "ttdbserver stream rpc/tcp wait root $TTDBSERVERD rpc.ttdbserver" >>$FILE
else
rm /tmp/tt-already-there
fi
}
UnfixInetdDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/inetd.conf
TMPFILE=/tmp/inetd.conf
TTDBSERVERD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.ttdbserver
OLDTTDBSERVERD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.ttdbserverd
nawk -v ttdb=$TTDBSERVERD \
'{if ($1 == "ttdbserver" && $6 == ttdb)
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
awk '{if ($1 == "#cde" &&
($2 == "ttdbserver" || $2 == "ttdbserverd")) {
$1 = $2;
$2 = ""
}
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
}
FixEtcRpc()
{
FILE=/etc/rpc
TMPFILE=/tmp/etc-rpc
if [ ! -f $FILE ]
then
echo "ttdbserver 100083 tooltalk" >$FILE
else
awk '{if ($1 == "ttdbserver" && $2 == "100083")
print $0 > "/tmp/etc-rpc-already-there"
}' $FILE >/dev/null
if [ ! -f /tmp/etc-rpc-already-there ]
then
awk '{if ($1 == "ttdbserver" || $2 == "100083")
print $0 > "/tmp/etc-rpc-already-there"
}' $FILE >/dev/null
if [ ! -f /tmp/etc-rpc-already-there ]
then
echo "ttdbserver 100083 tooltalk" >>$FILE
else
awk '{if ($1 == "ttdbserver" || $2 == "100083")
print "#cde " $0; else print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
echo "ttdbserver 100083 tooltalk" >>$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
rm /tmp/etc-rpc-already-there
fi
else
rm /tmp/etc-rpc-already-there
fi
fi
}
UnfixEtcRpc()
{
FILE="/etc/rpc"
TMPFILE="/tmp/etc-rpc"
awk '{if ($1 == "ttdbserver" && $2 == "100083")
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
awk '{if ($1 == "#cde") {
$1 = $2;
$2 = ""
}
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
}
RemoveTTFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-TT.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "../verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-TT.lst"
EOF
}
#include "../option.func"
XCOMM ######################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ######################################################################
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "configure" ]
then
FixInetdDotConf
FixEtcRpc
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
UnfixEtcRpc
UnfixInetdDotConf
RemoveTTFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
if [ "$OPERATION" != "verify" ]
then
HASH issue a SIGHUP to the inetd process
ps -ef | grep inetd | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if [ -s /tmp/tmppsout ]
then
awk '{print "kill -1 " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/csh
else
/usr/sbin/inetd -s
fi
rm /tmp/tmppsout
fi
return $retval

485
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/hp/configMin Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,485 @@
#! /bin/ksh
########
# Product: CDE
# Fileset: CDE-MIN
# configure
# @(#) $XConsortium: configMin /main/1 1995/09/15 17:48:04 cde-hp $
########
#
# (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
#
########
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-MIN
DT_TEMP_TOP=/var/dt
retval=0
hostname=`hostname`
DO_CONFIGURATION=""
CreateVarDtDirectory()
{
if [ -x /bin/getcontext ]
then
if [ `/bin/getcontext | awk '{print $1}'` != "standalone" ]
then
base=${DT_TEMP_TOP%/*}
if [ ! -d $base ]
then
mkdir -p $base
fi
if [ ! -d $DT_TEMP_TOP ]
then
exec 3< /etc/clusterconf
oldIFS=$IFS
IFS=:
CONTEXT=""
while read -u3 lanid node name id num1 num2
do
if [ "$name" != "" ]
then
CONTEXT="$CONTEXT -c $name"
fi
done
IFS=$oldIFS
exec 3<&-
mkdir -p $DT_TEMP_TOP
makecdf $CONTEXT $DT_TEMP_TOP
fi
fi
fi
}
FixEtcServices()
{
FILE="/etc/services"
TMPFILE="/tmp/etc-services"
#
# check for existence of /etc/services
#
if [ ! -f $FILE ] # highly unlikely
then
echo "" >$FILE
fi
#
# see if it already exists
#
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspc")
print $0 > "/tmp/dtspc-already-there"
}' $FILE >/dev/null
if [ ! -f /tmp/dtspc-already-there ]
then
echo "dtspc\t6112/tcp\t#subprocess control" >>$FILE
else
rm /tmp/dtspc-already-there
fi
#
# remove legacy entries like dtspcd
#
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspcd" || $1 == "#dtspcd")
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
}
UnfixEtcServices()
{
FILE="/etc/services"
TMPFILE="/tmp/etc-services"
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspc" && $2 == "6112/tcp")
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
}
FixInetdDotConf()
{
FILE="/etc/inetd.conf"
TMPFILE="/tmp/inetd.conf.$$"
#
# check for existence of /etc/inetd.conf
#
if [ ! -f $FILE ] # highly unlikely
then
echo "" >$FILE
fi
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspc" || $1 == "dtspcd" || $1 == "#dtspcd")
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
mv $FILE $FILE.old
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
DTSPCD=/usr/dt/bin/dtspcd
echo "dtspc stream tcp nowait root $DTSPCD $DTSPCD -mount_point $DTMOUNTPOINT" >>$FILE
}
UnfixInetdDotConf()
{
FILE="/etc/inetd.conf"
TMPFILE="/tmp/inetd.conf"
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspc")
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
}
FixInetdDotSec()
{
FILE="/usr/adm/inetd.sec"
TMPFILE="/tmp/new-inetd.sec"
#
# check for existence of /usr/adm/inetd.sec
#
if [ ! -f $FILE ] # highly unlikely
then
echo "" >$FILE
fi
#
# remove legacy entries
#
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspcd")
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
#
# see if it already exists
#
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspc")
print $0 > "/tmp/dtspc-already-there"
}' $FILE >/dev/null
if [ ! -f /tmp/dtspc-already-there ]
then
echo "dtspc\tallow\t127.0.0.1\t$hostname" >>$FILE
else
status=`grep -q $hostname /tmp/dtspc-already-there`
if [[ $status -ne 0 ]]
then
cat /tmp/dtspc-already-there >> $FILE
awk -v hname=$hostname \
'{if ($1 != "dtspc")
print $0;
else
print $0 hname
}' $FILE > $TMPFILE
mv $FILE ${FILE}.old
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
fi
rm /tmp/dtspc-already-there
fi
}
UnfixInetdDotSec()
{
FILE="/usr/adm/inetd.sec"
TMPFILE="/tmp/new-inetd.sec"
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspc")
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
}
RemoveMinFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/*}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##*/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/*}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
/usr/dt/copyright
/usr/dt/lib/dtksh/DtFuncs.dtsh
/usr/dt/bin/dtspcd
/usr/dt/bin/dtappintegrate
/usr/dt/bin/dtksh
/usr/dt/bin/suid_exec
/usr/dt/app-defaults/C/Dtksh
/usr/dt/config/dtspcdenv
/usr/dt/bin/dtexec
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
# exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
# MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
# exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
set -A tokens $SRC
if [ "${tokens[3]}" = "file" ]
then
if [ -f ${tokens[0]} ]
then
echo "exists \c"
else
echo "MISSING or REMOVED \c"
echo "${tokens[0]}"
continue
fi
elif [ "${tokens[3]}" = "sym_link" ]
then
if [ -L ${tokens[0]} ]
then
echo "exists \c"
else
echo "MISSING or REMOVED \c"
echo "${tokens[0]}"
continue
fi
fi
if [ "${tokens[3]}" = "file" ]
then
touch /tmp/config-test
chmod ${tokens[1]} /tmp/config-test
tmpperms=`ls -l /tmp/config-test | awk '{print $1}'`
realperms=`ls -l ${tokens[0]} | awk '{print $1}'`
if [ "$tmpperms" = "$realperms" ]
then
echo "correct \c"
else
echo " WRONG \c"
fi
owner=`ls -l ${tokens[0]} | awk '{print $3}'`
if [ "$owner" = "${tokens[4]}" ]
then
echo "correct \c"
else
echo " WRONG \c"
fi
group=`ls -l ${tokens[0]} | awk '{print $4}'`
if [ "$group" = "${tokens[5]}" ]
then
echo "correct \c"
else
echo " WRONG \c"
fi
elif [ "${tokens[3]}" = "sym_link" ]
then
linkto=`ls -l ${tokens[0]} | awk '{print $11}'`
if [ "${tokens[2]}" = "$linkto" ]
then
echo " the link is correct \c"
else
echo " the link is WRONG \c"
fi
fi
echo "${tokens[0]}"
fi
done <<-EOF
/usr/dt/copyright 0444 copyright file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/lib/dtksh/DtFuncs.dtsh 0444 cde1/dtksh/DtFuncs.sh file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/dtspcd 0555 cde1/dtspcd/dtspcd file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/dtappintegrate 0555 cde1/dtappintegrate/dtappintegrate file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/dtksh 0555 cde1/dtksh/dtksh file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/suid_exec 0555 cde1/dtksh/ksh93/bin/suid_exec file root bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/app-defaults/C/Dtksh 0444 cde1/dtksh/Dtksh file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/config/dtspcdenv 0444 cde1/dtspcd/dtspcdenv file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/dtexec 0555 cde1/dtexec/dtexec file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
EOF
}
ShowSize()
{
typeset -i total;
let total=0
echo "Size\t\tfilename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
set -A tokens $SRC
if [ "${tokens[3]}" = "file" ]
then
if [ -f ${tokens[0]} ]
then
filesize=`ls -l ${tokens[0]} | awk '{print $5}'`
echo "$filesize\t\t\c"
echo "${tokens[0]}"
let total=total+filesize
fi
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
/usr/dt/copyright 0444 copyright file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/lib/dtksh/DtFuncs.dtsh 0444 cde1/dtksh/DtFuncs.sh file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/dtspcd 0555 cde1/dtspcd/dtspcd file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/dtappintegrate 0555 cde1/dtappintegrate/dtappintegrate file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/dtksh 0555 cde1/dtksh/dtksh file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/suid_exec 0555 cde1/dtksh/ksh93/bin/suid_exec file root bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/app-defaults/C/Dtksh 0444 cde1/dtksh/Dtksh file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/config/dtspcdenv 0444 cde1/dtspcd/dtspcdenv file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/dtexec 0555 cde1/dtexec/dtexec file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
EOF
echo "Total fileset size is $total"
}
HandleOption()
{
while [ $# -ne 0 ]; do
case $1 in
-e) OPERATION="configure"
shift;
;;
-d) OPERATION="deconfigure"
shift;
;;
-v) OPERATION="verify"
shift;
;;
-s) OPERATION="size"
shift;
;;
esac
done
}
#####################################################################
#
# Main body
#
#####################################################################
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "configure" ]
then
echo "Configuring for CDE-MIN"
FixEtcServices
#
# source in /etc/src.sh to get the DTMOUNTPOINT value
#
. /etc/src.sh
FixInetdDotConf
FixInetdDotSec
#
# force inetd to reread its configuration file
#
/etc/inetd -c
#
# create the /var/dt/tmp directory for the dtspcd
#
CreateVarDtDirectory
if [ ! -d /var/dt/tmp ]
then
mkdir -p /var/dt/tmp
chmod -R 755 /var/dt/tmp
fi
chmod 755 /usr/dt /etc/dt
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
echo "de-Configuring CDE-MIN"
UnfixEtcServices
UnfixInetdDotConf
UnfixInetdDotSec
#
# force inetd to reread its configuration file
#
/etc/inetd -c
RemoveMinFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "size" ]
then
ShowSize
fi
return $retval

1006
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/hp/configRun Executable file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

246
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/hp/configShlibs Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
#! /bin/ksh
########
# Product: CDE
# Fileset: CDE-SHLIBS
# configure
# $XConsortium: configShlibs /main/5 1996/06/13 15:47:42 drk $
########
#
# (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation.
# (c) Copyright 1995,1996 Hewlett-Packard Company.
# (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp.
# (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc.
# (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED.
# (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi.
#
########
PROG_NAME=$0
CreateOneLink()
{
if [ -f $1.$2 ]; then
rm -f $1
ln -s $1.$2 $1
else
echo "$PROG_NAME: $1.$2 does not exist."
echo " A symbolic link for this shared library will NOT be created."
fi
}
CreateSymLinks()
{
if [ -d /usr/dt/lib ]; then
cd /usr/dt/lib
CreateOneLink libDtHelp.sl 2.1
CreateOneLink libDtPrint.sl 2.1
CreateOneLink libDtMrm.sl 2.1
CreateOneLink libDtSvc.sl 2.1
CreateOneLink libDtWidget.sl 2.1
CreateOneLink libDtTerm.sl 2.1
CreateOneLink libtt.sl 2.1
CreateOneLink libcsa.sl 2.1
CreateOneLink libDtSearch.sl 2.1
CreateOneLink libDtMmdb.sl 2.1
else
echo "$PROG_NAME: /usr/dt/lib does not exist. Symbolic"
echo " links for the shared libraries will NOT be created."
fi
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
# exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
# MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
# exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
set -A tokens $SRC
if [ "${tokens[3]}" = "file" ]
then
if [ -f ${tokens[0]} ]
then
echo "exists \c"
else
echo "MISSING or REMOVED \c"
echo "${tokens[0]}"
continue
fi
elif [ "${tokens[3]}" = "sym_link" ]
then
if [ -L ${tokens[0]} ]
then
echo "exists \c"
else
echo "MISSING or REMOVED \c"
echo "${tokens[0]}"
continue
fi
fi
if [ "${tokens[3]}" = "file" ]
then
touch /tmp/config-test
chmod ${tokens[1]} /tmp/config-test
tmpperms=`ls -l /tmp/config-test | awk '{print $1}'`
realperms=`ls -l ${tokens[0]} | awk '{print $1}'`
if [ "$tmpperms" = "$realperms" ]
then
echo "correct \c"
else
echo " WRONG \c"
fi
owner=`ls -l ${tokens[0]} | awk '{print $3}'`
if [ "$owner" = "${tokens[4]}" ]
then
echo "correct \c"
else
echo " WRONG \c"
fi
group=`ls -l ${tokens[0]} | awk '{print $4}'`
if [ "$group" = "${tokens[5]}" ]
then
echo "correct \c"
else
echo " WRONG \c"
fi
elif [ "${tokens[3]}" = "sym_link" ]
then
linkto=`ls -l ${tokens[0]} | awk '{print $11}'`
if [ "${tokens[2]}" = "$linkto" ]
then
echo " the link is correct \c"
else
echo " the link is WRONG \c"
fi
fi
echo "${tokens[0]}"
fi
done <<-EOF
/usr 0555 directory bin bin ------ 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt 0555 directory bin bin ------ 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/lib 0555 directory bin bin ------ 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/lib/libDtHelp.sl 0555 lib/DtHelp/libDtHelp.sl file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/lib/libDtPrint.sl 0555 lib/DtPrint/libDtPrint.sl file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/lib/libDtMrm.sl 0555 lib/DtMrm/libDtMrm.sl file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/lib/libDtSvc.sl 0555 lib/DtSvc/libDtSvc.sl file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/lib/libDtWidget.sl 0555 lib/DtWidget/libDtWidget.sl file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/lib/libDtTerm.sl 0555 lib/DtTerm/libDtTerm.sl file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/lib/libtt.sl 0555 lib/tt/lib/libtt.sl file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/lib/libcsa.sl 0555 lib/csa/libcsa.sl file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/lib/libDtSearch.sl 0555 lib/DtSearch/libDtSearch.sl file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/lib/libDtMmdb.sl 0555 lib/DtMmdb/libDtMmdb.sl file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
EOF
}
ShowSize()
{
typeset -i total;
let total=0
echo "Size\t\tfilename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
set -A tokens $SRC
if [ "${tokens[3]}" = "file" ]
then
if [ -f ${tokens[0]} ]
then
filesize=`ls -l ${tokens[0]} | awk '{print $5}'`
echo "$filesize\t\t\c"
echo "${tokens[0]}"
let total=total+filesize
fi
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
/usr 0555 directory bin bin ------ 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt 0555 directory bin bin ------ 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/lib 0555 directory bin bin ------ 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/lib/libDtHelp.sl 0555 lib/DtHelp/libDtHelp.sl file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/lib/libDtPrint.sl 0555 lib/DtPrint/libDtPrint.sl file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/lib/libDtMrm.sl 0555 lib/DtMrm/libDtMrm.sl file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/lib/libDtSvc.sl 0555 lib/DtSvc/libDtSvc.sl file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/lib/libDtWidget.sl 0555 lib/DtWidget/libDtWidget.sl file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/lib/libDtTerm.sl 0555 lib/DtTerm/libDtTerm.sl file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/lib/libtt.sl 0555 lib/tt/lib/libtt.sl file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/lib/libcsa.sl 0555 lib/csa/libcsa.sl file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/lib/libDtSearch.sl 0555 lib/DtSearch/libDtSearch.sl file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/lib/libDtMmdb.sl 0555 lib/DtMmdb/libDtMmdb.sl file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
EOF
echo "Total fileset size is $total"
}
HandleOption()
{
while [ $# -ne 0 ]; do
case $1 in
-e) OPERATION="configure"
shift;
;;
-d) OPERATION="deconfigure"
shift;
;;
-v) OPERATION="verify"
shift;
;;
-s) OPERATION="size"
shift;
;;
esac
done
}
#################################################################
#
# Main Body
#
#################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-SHLIBS
retval=0
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "configure" ]
then
echo "Configuring for CDE-SHLIBS"
CreateSymLinks
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
echo "de-Configuring CDE-SHLIBS NOT supported!"
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "size" ]
then
ShowSize
fi
return $retval

441
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/hp/configTT Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,441 @@
#! /bin/ksh
########
# Product: CDE
# Fileset: CDE-TT
# configure
# @(#) $XConsortium: configTT /main/2 1996/03/06 19:09:08 barstow $
########
#
# (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
#
########
FixInetdDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/inetd.conf
TMPFILE=/tmp/inetd.conf
TTDBSERVERD=/usr/dt/bin/rpc.ttdbserver
OLDTTDBSERVERD=/usr/dt/bin/rpc.ttdbserverd
awk -v ttdb=$TTDBSERVERD -v oldttdb=$OLDTTDBSERVERD '{
if ($6 == ttdb || $6 == oldttdb)
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
mv $FILE $FILE.old
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
echo "rpc stream tcp swait root $TTDBSERVERD 100083 1 $TTDBSERVERD -m /nfs/" >>$FILE
}
UnfixInetdDotConf()
{
FILE="/etc/inetd.conf"
TMPFILE="/tmp/inetd.conf"
TTDBSERVERD=/usr/dt/bin/rpc.ttdbserver
awk -v ttdb=$TTDBSERVERD \
'{if ($7 == "100083" && $6 == ttdb)
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
awk '{if ($1 == "#cde") {
$1 = $2;
$2 = ""
}
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
}
FixEtcRpc()
{
FILE=/etc/rpc
TMPFILE=/tmp/etc-rpc
if [ ! -f $FILE ]
then
echo "ttdbserver 100083" >$FILE
else
awk '{if ($1 == "ttdbserver" && $2 == "100083")
print $0 > "/tmp/etc-rpc-already-there"
}' $FILE >/dev/null
if [ ! -f /tmp/etc-rpc-already-there ]
then
awk '{if ($1 == "ttdbserver" || $2 == "100083")
print $0 > "/tmp/etc-rpc-already-there"
}' $FILE >/dev/null
if [ ! -f /tmp/etc-rpc-already-there ]
then
echo "ttdbserver 100083" >>$FILE
else
awk '{if ($1 == "ttdbserver" || $2 == "100083")
print "#cde " $0; else print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
echo "ttdbserver 100083" >>$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
rm /tmp/etc-rpc-already-there
fi
else
rm /tmp/etc-rpc-already-there
fi
fi
}
UnfixEtcRpc()
{
FILE="/etc/rpc"
TMPFILE="/tmp/etc-rpc"
awk '{if ($1 == "ttdbserver" && $2 == "100083")
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
awk '{if ($1 == "#cde") {
$1 = $2;
$2 = ""
}
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
}
EstablishDtMountPoint()
{
FILE="/etc/src.sh"
TMPFILE="/tmp/etcsrcsh.$$"
#
# Ensure that the DTMOUNTPOINT environment variable will be set
# when anybody logs in.
#
if [[ -d /nfs && ! -d /net ]]
then
sed '/DTMOUNTPOINT=/d' $FILE >$TMPFILE
echo "DTMOUNTPOINT=/nfs/ ; export DTMOUNTPOINT" >>$TMPFILE
if [ ! -f ${FILE}.pre-cde ]
then
mv $FILE ${FILE}.pre-cde
fi
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
fi
}
DeestablishDtMountPoint()
{
FILE="/etc/src.sh"
TMPFILE="/tmp/etc-src.sh"
if [ -f ${FILE}.pre-cde ]
then
mv ${FILE}.pre-cde $FILE
else
sed '/DTMOUNTPOINT=/d' $FILE >$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
fi
}
KillIt()
{
ps -ef | fgrep $1 | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if [ -s /tmp/tmppsout ]
then
awk '{print "kill " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/ksh
sleep 2
ps -ef | fgrep $1 | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if [ -s /tmp/tmppsout ]
then
awk '{print "kill -TERM " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/ksh
sleep 2
ps -ef | fgrep $1 | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if [ -s /tmp/tmppsout ]
then
awk '{print "kill -9 " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/ksh
sleep 2
fi
fi
fi
rm /tmp/tmppsout
}
RemoveTTFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/*}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##*/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/*}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
/usr/dt/bin/rpc.ttdbserver
/usr/dt/bin/rpc.ttdbserverd
/usr/dt/bin/rpc.ttdbserverd
/usr/dt/bin/tt_type_comp
/usr/dt/bin/ttcp
/usr/dt/bin/ttdbck
/usr/dt/bin/ttmv
/usr/dt/bin/ttrm
/usr/dt/bin/ttrmdir
/usr/dt/bin/ttsession
/usr/dt/bin/tttrace
/usr/dt/bin/tttar
/usr/dt/bin/ttsnoop
/usr/dt/lib/libtt.a
/usr/dt/appconfig/tttypes/types.xdr
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
# exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
# MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
# exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
set -A tokens $SRC
if [ "${tokens[3]}" = "file" ]
then
if [ -f ${tokens[0]} ]
then
echo "exists \c"
else
echo "MISSING or REMOVED \c"
echo "${tokens[0]}"
continue
fi
elif [ "${tokens[3]}" = "sym_link" ]
then
if [ -L ${tokens[0]} ]
then
echo "exists \c"
else
echo "MISSING or REMOVED \c"
echo "${tokens[0]}"
continue
fi
fi
if [ "${tokens[3]}" = "file" ]
then
touch /tmp/config-test
chmod ${tokens[1]} /tmp/config-test
tmpperms=`ls -l /tmp/config-test | awk '{print $1}'`
realperms=`ls -l ${tokens[0]} | awk '{print $1}'`
if [ "$tmpperms" = "$realperms" ]
then
echo "correct \c"
else
echo " WRONG \c"
fi
owner=`ls -l ${tokens[0]} | awk '{print $3}'`
if [ "$owner" = "${tokens[4]}" ]
then
echo "correct \c"
else
echo " WRONG \c"
fi
group=`ls -l ${tokens[0]} | awk '{print $4}'`
if [ "$group" = "${tokens[5]}" ]
then
echo "correct \c"
else
echo " WRONG \c"
fi
elif [ "${tokens[3]}" = "sym_link" ]
then
linkto=`ls -l ${tokens[0]} | awk '{print $11}'`
if [ "${tokens[2]}" = "$linkto" ]
then
echo " the link is correct \c"
else
echo " the link is WRONG \c"
fi
fi
echo "${tokens[0]}"
fi
done <<-EOF
/usr/dt/bin/rpc.ttdbserver 0555 lib/tt/bin/ttdbserverd/rpc.ttdbserver file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/tt_type_comp 0555 lib/tt/bin/tt_type_comp/tt_type_comp file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/ttcp 0555 lib/tt/bin/shell/ttcp file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/ttdbck 0555 lib/tt/bin/dbck/ttdbck file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/ttmv 0555 lib/tt/bin/shell/ttmv file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/ttrm 0555 lib/tt/bin/shell/ttrm file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/ttrmdir 0444 /usr/dt/bin/ttrm sym_link bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/ttsession 0555 lib/tt/bin/ttsession/ttsession file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/tttrace 0555 lib/tt/bin/tttrace/tttrace file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/tttar 0555 lib/tt/bin/tttar/tttar file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/ttsnoop 0555 lib/tt/bin/ttsnoop/gui/ttsnoop file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/appconfig/tttypes/types.xdr 0444 cde1/tttypes/types.xdr file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
EOF
}
ShowSize()
{
typeset -i total;
let total=0
echo "Size\t\tfilename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
set -A tokens $SRC
if [ "${tokens[3]}" = "file" ]
then
if [ -f ${tokens[0]} ]
then
filesize=`ls -l ${tokens[0]} | awk '{print $5}'`
echo "$filesize\t\t\c"
echo "${tokens[0]}"
let total=total+filesize
fi
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
/usr/dt/bin/rpc.ttdbserver 0555 lib/tt/bin/ttdbserverd/rpc.ttdbserver file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/tt_type_comp 0555 lib/tt/bin/tt_type_comp/tt_type_comp file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/ttcp 0555 lib/tt/bin/shell/ttcp file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/ttdbck 0555 lib/tt/bin/dbck/ttdbck file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/ttmv 0555 lib/tt/bin/shell/ttmv file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/ttrm 0555 lib/tt/bin/shell/ttrm file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/ttrmdir 0444 /usr/dt/bin/ttrm sym_link bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/ttsession 0555 lib/tt/bin/ttsession/ttsession file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/tttrace 0555 lib/tt/bin/tttrace/tttrace file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/tttar 0555 lib/tt/bin/tttar/tttar file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/bin/ttsnoop 0555 lib/tt/bin/ttsnoop/gui/ttsnoop file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
/usr/dt/appconfig/tttypes/types.xdr 0444 cde1/tttypes/types.xdr file bin bin di---- 378 cde_dt
EOF
echo "Total fileset size is $total"
}
HandleOption()
{
while [ $# -ne 0 ]; do
case $1 in
-e) OPERATION="configure"
shift;
;;
-d) OPERATION="deconfigure"
shift;
;;
-v) OPERATION="verify"
shift;
;;
-s) OPERATION="size"
shift;
;;
esac
done
}
#################################################################
#
# Main Body
#
#################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-TT
retval=0
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "configure" ]
then
echo "Configuring for CDE-TT"
FixInetdDotConf
FixEtcRpc
# After adding ToolTalk to the inetd service list the inet
# daemon needs to reread its configuration.
/etc/inetd -c
EstablishDtMountPoint
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
echo "de-Configuring CDE-TT"
/etc/inetd -k
KillIt "rpc.ttdbserver"
/etc/inetd
UnfixInetdDotConf
UnfixEtcRpc
# After adding ToolTalk to the inetd service list the inet
# daemon needs to reread its configuration.
/etc/inetd -c
DeestablishDtMountPoint
RemoveTTFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "size" ]
then
ShowSize
fi
return $retval

52
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/ibm/Imakefile Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
XCOMM $XConsortium: Imakefile /main/7 1996/04/21 19:07:13 drk $
TOOL_DIR = ../../dbTools
DATABASE_DIR = ../../../../databases
#ifdef HPArchitecture
PLATFORM = hp-ux
#endif
#ifdef RsArchitecture
PLATFORM = aix
#endif
#ifdef SunArchitecture
PLATFORM = sun
.NO_PARALLEL:
#endif
#ifdef USLArchitecture
PLATFORM = usl
#endif
#ifdef UXPArchitecture
PLATFORM = uxp
#endif
all::
configMin:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-MIN.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-MIN.udb > CDE-MIN.lst
../build_udb_list CDE-MIN ../../../..
configTT:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-TT.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-TT.udb > CDE-TT.lst
../build_udb_list CDE-TT ../../../..
configRun:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-RUN.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-RUN.udb > CDE-RUN.lst
../build_udb_list CDE-RUN ../../../..
LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES = -DCDE_INSTALLATION_TOP=$(CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP) \
-DCDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP=$(CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP) \
-DCDE_LOGFILES_TOP=$(CDE_LOGFILES_TOP) \
-D_POWER
AllTarget(configTT configMin configRun)
CppScriptTarget(configTT,configTT.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppScriptTarget(configMin,configMin.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppScriptTarget(configRun,configRun.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
clean::
$(RM) *.lst *.list

265
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/ibm/configMin.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configMin.src /main/7 1996/04/23 10:35:44 drk $
XCOMM AIX cpp does not honor the usual requirement that preprocessor
XCOMM directives must begin in column one, so we must do more quoting.
#define HASH #
SERVICES=/etc/services
INETD=/etc/inetd.conf
AdddtspcToInetserv()
{
DTSPCD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/dtspcd
XCOMM
XCOMM check for existence of /etc/services
XCOMM
if [ ! -f $SERVICES ] # highly unlikely
then
echo "" >$SERVICES
fi
XCOMM
XCOMM check for existence of /etc/inetd.conf
XCOMM
if [ ! -f $INETD ] # highly unlikely
then
echo "" >$INETD
fi
#ifdef _POWER
/usr/sbin/chservices -a -v dtspc -p tcp -n 6112 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null
if [ $? -ne 0 ]
then
exit 1
fi
/usr/sbin/chsubserver -a -v dtspc -t stream -p tcp -w nowait -u root \
-g $DTSPCD -r inetd $DTSPCD 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null
if [ $? -ne 0 ]
then
exit 1
fi
#else
XCOMM
XCOMM Check if the server exists in the /etc/services file.
XCOMM
rc=`inetserv -s -S -v dtspc -p tcp 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;echo $?`
if [ "$rc" -ne "0" ]
then
XCOMM
XCOMM Add entry into /etc/services file
XCOMM
inetserv -a -S -v dtspc -p tcp -n 6112
fi
XCOMM
XCOMM Check if the server exists in the /etc/inetd.conf file.
XCOMM
rc=`inetserv -s -I -v dtspc -p tcp 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;echo $?`
if [ "$rc" -ne "0" ]
then
inetserv -a -I -v dtspc -p tcp -t stream -w nowait -U root \
-r $DTSPCD -R $DTSPCD 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null
fi
XCOMM
XCOMM remove legacy entries like "dtspcd" if exist
XCOMM
rc=`inetserv -s -S -v dtspcd -p tcp 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;echo $?`
if [ "$rc" = "0" ]
then
inetserv -D -S -v dtspcd -p tcp
fi
#endif
}
CheckFordtspcService()
{
#ifdef _POWER
rc=`grep "dtspc" $SERVICES | cut -c1 | grep -xv "#" \
1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;echo $?`
#else
rc=`inetserv -s -S -v dtspc -p tcp 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;echo $?`
#endif
return $rc
}
RemovedtspcFromInetserv()
{
DTSPCD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/dtspcd
#ifdef _POWER
/usr/sbin/chservices -d -v dtspc -p tcp -n 6112 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null
if [ $? -ne 0 ]
then
exit 1
fi
/usr/sbin/chsubserver -d -v dtspc -t stream -p tcp -w nowait -u root \
-g $DTSPCD -r inetd $DTSPCD 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null
if [ $? -ne 0 ]
then
exit 1
fi
#else
XCOMM
XCOMM Check if the server exists in the /etc/services file.
XCOMM
rc=`inetserv -s -S -v dtspc -p tcp 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;echo $?`
if [ "$rc" = "0" ]
then
inetserv -D -S -v dtspc -p tcp 2>/dev/null 1>/dev/null
fi
XCOMM
XCOMM remove legacy entries like "dtspcd" if exist
XCOMM
rc=`inetserv -s -S -v dtspcd -p tcp 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;echo $?`
if [ "$rc" = "0" ]
then
inetserv -D -S -v dtspcd -p tcp
fi
#endif
}
StopDaemon()
{
ps -ef | fgrep $1 | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if [ -s /tmp/tmppsout ]
then
awk '{print "kill " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/ksh 1>/dev/null
sleep 2
ps -ef | fgrep $1 | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if [ -s /tmp/tmppsout ]
then
awk '{print "kill -TERM " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/ksh 1>/dev/null
sleep 2
ps -ef | fgrep $1 | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if [ -s /tmp/tmppsout ]
then
awk '{print "kill -9 " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/ksh 1>/dev/null
sleep 2
fi
fi
fi
rm -f /tmp/tmppsout
}
HandleOption()
{
while [ $# -ne 0 ]; do
case $1 in
-e) DO_CONFIGURATION="yes"
shift;
;;
-d) DO_CONFIGURATION="no"
shift;
;;
esac
done
}
XCOMM #################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main body
XCOMM
XCOMM #################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-MIN
DO_CONFIGURATION=""
retval=0
#ifndef _POWER
XCOMM
XCOMM refresh the inetserv object class with the latest
XCOMM entries from /etc/inetd.conf and /etc/services files
XCOMM
inetexp
StopDaemon "dtspcd"
#endif
HandleOption $*
if [ "$DO_CONFIGURATION" = "yes" ]
then
#ifndef _POWER
XCOMM
XCOMM create the /var/dt/tmp directory for the dtspcd
XCOMM
if [ ! -d CDE_LOGFILES_TOP/tmp ]
then
mkdir -p CDE_LOGFILES_TOP/tmp
fi
#endif
CheckFordtspcService
rc=$?
if [ "$rc" -eq "0" ]
then
echo "\n dtspc is already enabled...\n"
exit 0
fi
AdddtspcToInetserv
#ifndef _POWER
XCOMM
XCOMM update inetd
XCOMM
inetimp
refresh -s inetd
#endif
elif [ "$DO_CONFIGURATION" = "no" ]
then
CheckFordtspcService
rc=$?
if [ "$rc" = "0" ]
then
RemovedtspcFromInetserv
else
echo "\n dtspc is already disabled...\n"
exit 0
fi
#ifndef _POWER
XCOMM
XCOMM update inetd
XCOMM
inetimp
refresh -s inetd
#endif
fi

661
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/ibm/configRun.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,661 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configRun.src /main/7 1996/10/18 16:25:57 drk $
#define HASH #
#define STAR *
INETD=/etc/inetd.conf
XCOMM
XCOMM The "sm" object definitions for 410 are in /usr/lib/objrepos so
XCOMM ODMDIR need to get set to the correct path name .
XCOMM
#ifdef _POWER
ODMDIR=/usr/lib/objrepos
#endif
CreateAppConfigDirectory()
{
XCOMM
XCOMM Create the APPCONFIG directory inside DT_CONFIG_TOP and create
XCOMM all of its subdirectories
XCOMM
cd $DT_CONFIG_TOP
if [ ! -d $APPCONFIG ]
then
mkdir $APPCONFIG
fi
cd $APPCONFIG
for i in $APPCONFIG_DIRS
do
if [ ! -d $i ]
then
mkdir $i
fi
cd $i
HASH
HASH for each locale
HASH
for j in $DT_TOP/$APPCONFIG/$i/STAR
do
if [ ! -d `basename $j` ]
then
mkdir `basename $j`
fi
done
cd ..
done
}
CheckFor24cmsdinInetd()
{
#ifdef _POWER
rc=`grep "cmsd" $INETD | grep "2-4" | cut -c1 | grep -xv "#" \
1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null; echo $?`
#else
rc=`inetserv -s -I -v cmsd -p udp | grep "2-4" 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;\
echo $?`
#endif
return $rc
}
CheckForcmsdinInetd()
{
#ifdef _POWER
rc=`grep "cmsd" $INETD | cut -c1 | grep -xv "#" \
1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;echo $?`
#else
rc=`inetserv -s -I -v cmsd -p udp 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;echo $?`
#endif
return $rc
}
#ifndef _POWER
DeleteSmitStanzas()
{
odmdelete -o sm_cmd_opt -q"id='sysuiinterface'" 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null
odmdelete -o sm_cmd_hdr -q"id='dtconfig'" 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null
odmdelete -o sm_menu_opt -q"next_id='dtconfig'" 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null
}
#endif
#ifndef _POWER
AddSmitStanzas()
{
rc=`odmget -q"next_id='dtconfig'" sm_menu_opt | grep dtconfig 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;echo $?`
if [ "$rc" -ne "0" ]
then
cat << odm_stanzas | odmadd
sm_menu_opt:
id_seq_num = "200"
id = "system"
next_id = "dtconfig"
text = "Change System User Interface"
text_msg_file = "dtsmit.cat"
text_msg_set = 30
text_msg_id = 1
next_type = "d"
alias = ""
help_msg_id = ""
help_msg_loc = ""
help_msg_base = ""
help_msg_book = ""
sm_menu_opt:
id_seq_num = "050"
id = "controls"
next_id = "dtconfig"
text = "Change System User Interface"
text_msg_file = "dtsmit.cat"
text_msg_set = 30
text_msg_id = 1
next_type = "d"
alias = ""
help_msg_id = ""
help_msg_loc = ""
help_msg_base = ""
help_msg_book = ""
odm_stanzas
fi
rc=`odmget -q"id='dtconfig'" sm_cmd_hdr | grep dtconfig 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;echo $?`
if [ "$rc" -ne "0" ]
then
cat << odm_stanzas | odmadd
sm_cmd_hdr:
id = "dtconfig"
option_id = "sysuiinterface"
has_name_select = ""
name = "Select System User Interface"
name_msg_file = "dtsmit.cat"
name_msg_set = 40
name_msg_id = 1
cmd_to_exec = "/usr/dt/bin/dtconfig "
ask = ""
exec_mode = ""
ghost = ""
cmd_to_discover = ""
cmd_to_discover_postfix = ""
name_size = 0
value_size = 0
help_msg_id = ""
help_msg_loc = ""
help_msg_base = ""
help_msg_book = ""
odm_stanzas
fi
rc=`odmget -q"id='sysuiinterface'" sm_cmd_opt | grep sysuiinterface 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;echo $?`
if [ "$rc" -ne "0" ]
then
cat << odm_stanzas | odmadd
sm_cmd_opt:
id_seq_num = "020"
id = "sysuiinterface"
disc_field_name = ""
name = "Select System Login User Interface"
name_msg_file = "dtsmit.cat"
name_msg_set = 50
name_msg_id = 1
op_type = "r"
entry_type = ""
entry_size = 0
required = "y"
prefix = ""
cmd_to_list_mode = ""
cmd_to_list = ""
cmd_to_list_postfix = ""
multi_select = ""
value_index = 0
disp_values = "CDE environment,Command line"
values_msg_file = ""
values_msg_set = 0
values_msg_id = 0
aix_values = "-e,-d"
help_msg_id = ""
help_msg_loc = ""
help_msg_base = ""
help_msg_book = ""
odm_stanzas
fi
}
#endif
XCOMM
XCOMM Checks if portmap daemon is already running; if not
XCOMM starts the portmap daemon.
XCOMM
CheckPortmap()
{
ps -ef | fgrep portmap | grep -v grep 2>/dev/null 1>/dev/null
if [ $? -ne 0 ]
then
startsrc -s portmap
fi
}
StopDaemon()
{
ps -ef | fgrep $1 | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if [ -s /tmp/tmppsout ]
then
awk '{print "kill " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/ksh 1>/dev/null
sleep 2
ps -ef | fgrep $1 | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if [ -s /tmp/tmppsout ]
then
awk '{print "kill -TERM " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/ksh 1>/dev/null
sleep 2
ps -ef | fgrep $1 | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if [ -s /tmp/tmppsout ]
then
awk '{print "kill -9 " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/ksh 1>/dev/null
sleep 2
fi
fi
fi
rm -f /tmp/tmppsout
}
FixEtcRpc()
{
XCOMM
XCOMM now check to see if the proper entry is in /etc/rpc
XCOMM
RPCFILE=/etc/rpc
TMPFILE=/tmp/etc-rpc
if [ ! -f $RPCFILE ]
then
HASH if the file doesn't exist (highly unlikely), make one
HASH with the proper entry
HASH
echo "cmsd 100068 dtcalendar" >$RPCFILE
else
HASH
HASH check to see if the entry is already there
HASH
awk '{if ($1 == "cmsd" && $2 == "100068")
print $0 > "/tmp/etc-rpc-already-there"
}' $RPCFILE >/dev/null
if [ ! -f /tmp/etc-rpc-already-there ]
then
HASH
HASH if it isn't, check to see if either term already
HASH exists
HASH
awk '{if ($1 == "cmsd" || $2 == "100068")
print $0 > "/tmp/etc-rpc-already-there"
}' $RPCFILE >/dev/null
HASH
HASH if either one does they need to be commented out
HASH
if [ ! -f /tmp/etc-rpc-already-there ]
then
echo "cmsd 100068 dtcalendar" >>$RPCFILE
else
awk '{if ($1 == "cmsd" || $2 == "100068")
print "#cde " $0;
else
print $0
}' $RPCFILE >$TMPFILE
echo "cmsd 100068 dtcalendar" >>/tmp/etc-rpc
mv $TMPFILE $RPCFILE
rm /tmp/etc-rpc-already-there
fi
else
rm /tmp/etc-rpc-already-there
fi
fi
}
UnfixEtcRpc()
{
FILE=/etc/rpc
TMPFILE=/tmp/etc-rpc
awk '{if ($1 == "cmsd" && $2 == "100068")
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
awk '{if ($1 == "#cde" && ($2 == "cmsd" || $3 == "100068"))
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
}
Remove24cmsdFromInetd()
{
CMSD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.cmsd
#ifdef _POWER
/usr/sbin/chsubserver -d -v cmsd -t sunrpc_udp -p udp -w wait -u root \
-g $CMSD -r inetd cmsd 100068 2-4 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null
grep -v "#cmsd" $INETD >/tmp/configRun.$$ && mv /tmp/configRun.$$ $INETD
#else
inetserv -D -I -v cmsd -p udp 2>/dev/null 1>/dev/null
#endif
if [ "$?" -ne "0" ]
then
exit 1
fi
}
RemovecmsdFromInetserv()
{
CMSD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.cmsd
#ifdef _POWER
/usr/sbin/chsubserver -d -v cmsd -t sunrpc_udp -p udp -w wait -u root \
-g $CMSD -r inetd cmsd 100068 2-5 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null
grep -v "#cmsd" $INETD >/tmp/configRun.$$ && mv /tmp/configRun.$$ $INETD
#else
inetserv -D -I -v cmsd -p udp 2>/dev/null 1>/dev/null
#endif
if [ "$?" -ne "0" ]
then
exit 1
fi
}
AddcmsdToInetserv()
{
CMSD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.cmsd
XCOMM
XCOMM check for existence of /etc/inetd.conf
XCOMM
if [ ! -f $INETD ] # highly unlikely
then
echo "" >$INETD
fi
#ifdef _POWER
/usr/sbin/chsubserver -a -v cmsd -t sunrpc_udp -p udp -w wait -u root \
-g $CMSD -r inetd cmsd 100068 2-5 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null
if [ "$?" -ne "0" ]
then
exit 1
fi
#else
XCOMM
XCOMM Check if the server exists in the /etc/inetd.conf file.
XCOMM
rc=`inetserv -s -I -v cmsd -p udp 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;echo $?`
if [ "$rc" -ne "0" ]
then
inetserv -a -S -v cmsd -p udp -n 111
rc=$?
if [ "$rc" -eq "0" ]
then
inetserv -a -I -v cmsd -p udp -t sunrpc_udp -w wait -U root \
-r $CMSD -R "cmsd 100068 2-5"
if [ "$?" = "1" ]
then
exit 1
fi
fi
fi
#endif
}
HandleOption()
{
while [ $# -ne 0 ]; do
case $1 in
-e) DO_CONFIGURATION="yes"
shift;
;;
-d) DO_CONFIGURATION="no"
shift;
;;
esac
done
}
LinkOtherIcons()
{
while read SRC
do
rm -f $DT_TOP/$APPCONFIG/icons/C/F$SRC
ln -s $DT_TOP/$APPCONFIG/icons/C/$SRC $DT_TOP/$APPCONFIG/icons/C/F$SRC
done <<-EOF
fphelp.t.pm
help.t.pm
paint.l.pm
paint.m.pm
paint.t.pm
penpad.t.pm
term.t.pm
EOF
}
ConfigurePrintersDir()
{
cd $DT_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager
XCOMM
XCOMM for each locale
XCOMM
for i in *
do
if [ -d $i ]
then
cd $i
HASH
HASH for each directory in the locale, check for a
HASH localized version of the Printers directory
HASH and for the file lp_Print within that directory
HASH
for j in *
do
if [ -f $j/$DEFAULT_PRINTER ]
then
PRINTERS=$j
HASH make the equivalent directory in the configuration
HASH directory
if [ ! -d $DT_CONFIG_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager/$i ]
then
mkdir $DT_CONFIG_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager/$i
fi
cd $DT_CONFIG_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager/$i
if [ ! -d $DT_CONFIG_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager/$i/$PRINTERS ]
then
mkdir $DT_CONFIG_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager/$i/$PRINTERS
fi
cd $DT_CONFIG_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager/$i/$PRINTERS
HASH now copy the file over from the installation dirctory
HASH if it is not already present.
if [ ! -f $DEFAULT_PRINTER ]
then
cp $DT_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager/$i/$PRINTERS/$DEFAULT_PRINTER .
fi
cd $DT_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager/$i
fi
done
cd $DT_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager
fi
done
}
XCOMM ##########################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ##########################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-RUN
retval=0
DT_TOP=/usr/dt
DT_CONFIG_TOP=/etc/dt
DT_TEMP_TOP=/var/dt
DO_CONFIGURATION=""
ROOT=/
retval=0
APPCONFIG=appconfig
APPCONFIG_DIRS="appmanager help icons types"
PRINTERS=""
DEFAULT_PRINTER="DtPrint"
#ifndef _POWER
StopDaemon "rpc.cmsd"
#endif
HandleOption $*
if [ "$DO_CONFIGURATION" = "yes" ]
then
XCOMM
XCOMM create the /var/dt directory
XCOMM
if [ ! -d $DT_TEMP_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager ]
then
mkdir -p $DT_TEMP_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager
fi
cd $DT_TEMP_TOP
mv $APPCONFIG/appmanager .hidden-appmanager
chmod -R 755 * 2> /dev/null
chmod 755 .hidden-appmanager 2> /dev/null
chown -R bin * 2> /dev/null
chgrp -R bin * 2> /dev/null
mv .hidden-appmanager $APPCONFIG/appmanager
chmod 755 . 2> /dev/null
chown bin . 2> /dev/null
chgrp bin . 2> /dev/null
XCOMM
XCOMM create the /etc/dt and its config directory
XCOMM
if [ ! -d $DT_CONFIG_TOP ]
then
mkdir -p $DT_CONFIG_TOP
fi
if [ ! -d $DT_CONFIG_TOP/config ]
then
mkdir -p $DT_CONFIG_TOP/config
fi
CreateAppConfigDirectory
ConfigurePrintersDir
env LANG=C /usr/dt/bin/dtprintinfo -populate
XCOMM
XCOMM Configure Xsession.d
XCOMM
cd $DT_CONFIG_TOP/config
if [ ! -d Xsession.d ]
then
mkdir Xsession.d
fi
cd $DT_CONFIG_TOP
chmod -R 755 *
LinkOtherIcons
#ifndef _POWER
AddSmitStanzas
#endif
FixEtcRpc
XCOMM After adding the Calendar Manager to the rpc service list the
XCOMM portmapper needs to be restarted.
#ifndef _POWER
CheckPortmap
#endif
CheckFor24cmsdinInetd
rc=$?
if [ "$rc" = "0" ]
then
Remove24cmsdFromInetd
#ifndef _POWER
inetimp
#endif
refresh -s inetd
fi
CheckForcmsdinInetd
rc=$?
if [ "$rc" = "0" ]
then
RemovecmsdFromInetserv
fi
AddcmsdToInetserv
#ifndef _POWER
XCOMM After adding the Calendar Manager to the inetd service list, the inet
XCOMM daemon needs to reread its configuration.
inetimp
refresh -s inetd
#endif
elif [ "$DO_CONFIGURATION" = "no" ]
then
#ifndef _POWER
DeleteSmitStanzas
#endif
UnfixEtcRpc
XCOMM After deleting the Calendar Manager to the rpc service list the
XCOMM portmapper needs to be restarted.
#ifndef _POWER
CheckPortmap
#endif
CheckForcmsdinInetd
rc=$?
if [ "$rc" = "0" ]
then
RemovecmsdFromInetserv
else
echo "\ncmsd is already disabled..\n"
exit 0
fi
#ifndef _POWER
XCOMM After adding the Calendar Manager to the inetd service list, the inet
XCOMM daemon needs to reread its configuration.
inetimp
refresh -s inetd
#endif
fi

291
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/ibm/configTT.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configTT.src /main/5 1996/04/23 10:36:05 drk $
XCOMM AIX cpp does not honor the usual requirement that preprocessor
XCOMM directives must begin in column one, so we must do more quoting.
#define HASH #
INETD=/etc/inetd.conf
CheckForttinInetd()
{
#ifdef _POWER
grep "ttdbserverd" $INETD > /dev/null 2>&1 && sed "/ttdbserverd/d" $INETD > /tmp/configTT.$$ && mv /tmp/configTT.$$ $INETD
rc=`grep "ttdbserver" $INETD | cut -c1 | grep -xv "#" \
1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;echo $?`
#else
rc=`inetserv -s -I -v ttdbserver -p tcp 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;echo $?`
#endif
return $rc
}
XCOMM
XCOMM Checks if portmap daemon is already running; if not
XCOMM starts the portmap daemon.
XCOMM
CheckPortmap()
{
ps -ef | fgrep portmap | grep -v grep 2>/dev/null 1>/dev/null
if [ $? -ne 0 ]
then
startsrc -s portmap
fi
}
StopDaemon()
{
ps -ef | fgrep $1 | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if [ -s /tmp/tmppsout ]
then
awk '{print "kill " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/ksh 1>/dev/null
sleep 2
ps -ef | fgrep $1 | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if [ -s /tmp/tmppsout ]
then
awk '{print "kill -TERM " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/ksh 1>/dev/null
sleep 2
ps -ef | fgrep $1 | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if [ -s /tmp/tmppsout ]
then
awk '{print "kill -9 " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/ksh 1>/dev/null
sleep 2
fi
fi
fi
rm -f /tmp/tmppsout
}
FixEtcRpc()
{
XCOMM
XCOMM now check to see if the proper entry is in /etc/rpc
XCOMM
RPCFILE=/etc/rpc
TMPFILE=/tmp/etc-rpc
if [ ! -f $RPCFILE ]
then
HASH if the file doesn't exist (highly unlikely), make one
HASH with the proper entry
HASH
echo "ttdbserver 100083 tooltalk" >$RPCFILE
else
HASH
HASH check to see if the entry is already there
HASH
grep "ttdbserverd" $RPCFILE > /dev/null 2>&1 && sed "/ttdbserverd/d" $RPCFILE > /tmp/configTTrpc.$$ && mv /tmp/configTTrpc.$$ $RPCFILE
awk '{if ($1 == "ttdbserver" && $2 == "100083")
print $0 > "/tmp/etc-rpc-already-there"
}' $RPCFILE >/dev/null
if [ ! -f /tmp/etc-rpc-already-there ]
then
HASH
HASH if it isn't, check to see if either term already
HASH exists. If either one does they need to be commented
HASH out.
awk '{if (($1 == "ttdbserver" && $2 != "100083") ||
($2 == "100083" && $1 != "ttdbserver"))
print "#cde " $0;
else
print $0
}' $RPCFILE >$TMPFILE
echo "ttdbserver 100083 tooltalk" >>$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $RPCFILE
else
rm /tmp/etc-rpc-already-there
fi
fi
}
UnfixEtcRpc()
{
FILE="/etc/rpc"
TMPFILE="/tmp/etc-rpc"
awk '{if ($1 == "ttdbserver" && $2 == "100083")
;
else if ($1 == "ttdbserverd" && $2 == "100083")
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
awk '{if ($1 == "#cde") {
$1 = $2
$2 = ""
}
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
}
RemovettFromInetserv()
{
TTDB=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.ttdbserver
#ifdef _POWER
/usr/sbin/chsubserver -d -v ttdbserver -t sunrpc_tcp -p tcp -w wait -u root \
-g $TTDB -r inetd rpc.ttdbserver 100083 1 \
1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null
grep -v "#ttdbserver" $INETD >/tmp/configTT.$$ && cp /tmp/configTT.$$ $INETD
#else
inetserv -D -I -v ttdbserver -p tcp 2>/dev/null 1>/dev/null
#endif
if [ "$?" -ne "0" ]
then
exit 1
fi
}
AddttToInetserv()
{
INETD=/etc/inetd.conf
TTDB=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.ttdbserver
XCOMM
XCOMM check for existence of /etc/inetd.conf
XCOMM
if [ ! -f $INETD ] # highly unlikely
then
echo "" >$INETD
fi
#ifdef _POWER
/usr/sbin/chsubserver -a -v ttdbserver -t sunrpc_tcp -p tcp -w wait -u root \
-g $TTDB -r inetd rpc.ttdbserver 100083 1 \
1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null
if [ "$?" -ne "0" ]
then
exit 1
fi
#else
XCOMM
XCOMM Check if the server exists in the /etc/inetd.conf file.
XCOMM
rc=`inetserv -s -I -v ttdbserver -p tcp 1>/dev/null 2>/dev/null;echo $?`
if [ "$rc" -ne "0" ]
then
inetserv -a -S -v ttdbserver -p tcp -n 111
rc=$?
if [ "$rc" -eq "0" ]
then
inetserv -a -I -v ttdbserver -p tcp -t sunrpc_tcp -w wait -U root \
-r $TTDB -R "rpc.ttdbserver 100083 1"
if [ "$?" = "1" ]
then
exit 1
fi
else
echo "Cannot add entries to inetd.conf..."
exit 1
fi
fi
#endif
}
HandleOption()
{
while [ $# -ne 0 ]; do
case $1 in
-e) DO_CONFIGURATION="yes"
shift;
;;
-d) DO_CONFIGURATION="no"
shift;
;;
esac
done
}
XCOMM ##################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ##################################################################
DO_CONFIGURATION=""
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-TT
retval=0
#ifndef _POWER
StopDaemon "rpc.ttdbserver"
#endif
HandleOption $*
if [ "$DO_CONFIGURATION" = "yes" ]
then
FixEtcRpc
#ifndef _POWER
CheckPortmap
#endif
CheckForttinInetd
rc=$?
if [ "$rc" = "0" ]
then
RemovettFromInetserv
fi
AddttToInetserv
elif [ "$DO_CONFIGURATION" = "no" ]
then
UnfixEtcRpc
#ifndef _POWER
CheckPortmap
#endif
CheckForttinInetd
rc=$?
if [ "$rc" = "0" ]
then
RemovettFromInetserv
else
echo "\nToolTalk is already disabled..\n"
exit 0
fi
fi
#ifndef _POWER
if [ "$DO_CONFIGURATION" != "" ]
then
XCOMM After adding ToolTalk to the inetd service list the inet
XCOMM daemon needs to reread its configuration.
inetimp
refresh -s inetd
fi
#endif

59
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/linux/Imakefile Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
XCOMM $TOG: Imakefile /main/1 1998/03/11 16:08:16 mgreess $
TOOL_DIR = ../../dbTools
DATABASE_DIR = ../../../../databases
#ifdef HPArchitecture
PLATFORM = hp-ux
#endif
#ifdef LinuxArchitecture
PLATFORM = linux
#endif
#ifdef RsArchitecture
PLATFORM = aix
#endif
#ifdef SunArchitecture
PLATFORM = sun
.NO_PARALLEL:
#endif
#ifdef USLArchitecture
PLATFORM = usl
#endif
#ifdef UXPArchitecture
PLATFORM = uxp
#endif
all::
configMin:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-MIN.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-MIN.udb > CDE-MIN.lst
../build_udb_list CDE-MIN ../../../..
configTT:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-TT.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-TT.udb > CDE-TT.lst
../build_udb_list CDE-TT ../../../..
configRun:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-RUN.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-RUN.udb > CDE-RUN.lst
../build_udb_list CDE-RUN ../../../..
configShlibs:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-SHLIBS.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-SHLIBS.udb > CDE-SHLIBS.lst
../build_udb_list CDE-SHLIBS ../../../..
LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES = -DCDE_INSTALLATION_TOP=$(CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP) \
-DCDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP=$(CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP) \
-DCDE_LOGFILES_TOP=$(CDE_LOGFILES_TOP)
AllTarget(configShlibs configTT configRun configMin)
CppScriptTarget(configShlibs,configShlibs.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppScriptTarget(configTT,configTT.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppScriptTarget(configRun,configRun.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppScriptTarget(configMin,configMin.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
clean::
$(RM) *.lst *.list

275
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/linux/configMin.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-MIN
XCOMM configure
XCOMM @(#) $TOG: configMin.src /main/1 1998/03/11 16:18:12 mgreess $
XCOMM #######
#define HASH #
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-MIN
DO_CONFIGURATION=""
retval=0
FixEtcServices()
{
FILE=/etc/services
TMPFILE=/tmp/services
XCOMM
XCOMM check for existence of /etc/services
XCOMM
if [ ! -f $FILE ] # highly unlikely
then
echo "" >$FILE
fi
XCOMM
XCOMM see if it already exists
XCOMM
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspc")
print $0 > "/tmp/dtspc-already-there"
}' $FILE >/dev/null
if [ ! -f /tmp/dtspc-already-there ]
then
echo "dtspc\t6112/tcp\t#subprocess control" >>$FILE
else
rm /tmp/dtspc-already-there
fi
XCOMM
XCOMM remove legacy entries like dtspcd
XCOMM
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspcd" || $1 == "#dtspcd")
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
}
UnfixEtcServices()
{
FILE=/etc/services
TMPFILE=/tmp/services
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspc" && $2 == "6112/tcp")
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
}
FixEtcInetdDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/inetd.conf
TMPFILE=/tmp/inetd.conf
XCOMM
XCOMM check for existence of /etc/inetd.conf
XCOMM
if [ ! -f $FILE ] # highly unlikely
then
echo "" >$FILE
fi
XCOMM
XCOMM see if it already exists
XCOMM
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspc")
print $0 > "/tmp/dtspc-already-there"
}' $FILE >/dev/null
DTSPCD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/dtspcd
if [ ! -f /tmp/dtspc-already-there ]
then
echo "dtspc stream tcp nowait root $DTSPCD $DTSPCD" >>$FILE
else
rm /tmp/dtspc-already-there
fi
XCOMM
XCOMM remove legacy entries like dtspcd
XCOMM
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspcd" || $1 == "#dtspcd")
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
}
UnfixEtcInetdDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/inetd.conf
TMPFILE=/tmp/inetd.conf
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspc")
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
}
FixEtcPamDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/pam.conf
ORIGFILE=/etc/pam.conf.preCDE
XCOMM
XCOMM check for existence of /etc/pam.conf
XCOMM
if [ -f $FILE ]
then
echo "" > $ORIGFILE
cp CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/config/sys.pam.conf $FILE
chmod 644 $FILE
else
echo "Warning: $FILE already exists. Leaving it alone." 1>&2
cp CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/config/sys.pam.conf $ORIGFILE
fi
}
UnfixEtcPamDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/pam.conf
TMPFILE=/etc/pam.conf.CDE
ORIGFILE=/etc/pam.conf.preCDE
if [ ! -f $FILE ]
then
echo "Warning: $FILE does not exist." 1>&2
elif [ ! -f $ORIGFILE ]
then
echo "Warning: $ORIGFILE does not exist. Leaving $FILE alone." 1>&2
else
mv $FILE $TMPFILE
cp $ORIGFILE $FILE
chmod 664 $FILE
fi
}
RemoveMinFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-MIN.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "../verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-MIN.lst"
EOF
}
#include "../option.func"
XCOMM ###############################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ###############################################################
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "configure" ]
then
FixEtcServices
FixEtcInetdDotConf
FixEtcPamDotConf
HASH
HASH create the /var/dt/tmp directory for the dtspcd
HASH
if [ ! -d CDE_LOGFILES_TOP/tmp ]
then
mkdir -p CDE_LOGFILES_TOP/tmp
fi
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
UnfixEtcServices
UnfixEtcInetdDotConf
UnfixEtcPamDotConf
RemoveMinFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
if [ "$OPERATION" != "verify" ]
then
HASH issue a SIGHUP to the inetd process
ps -ef | grep inetd | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if [ -s /tmp/tmppsout ]
then
awk '{print "kill -1 " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/csh
else
/usr/sbin/inetd -s
fi
fi
return $retval

322
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/linux/configRun.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-RUN
XCOMM configure
XCOMM @(#) $TOG: configRun.src /main/1 1998/03/11 16:18:24 mgreess $
XCOMM #######
#define HASH #
#define STAR *
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-RUN
DO_CONFIGURATION=""
retval=0
FixInetdDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/inetd.conf
TMPFILE=/tmp/inetd.conf
CMSD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.cmsd
XCOMM
XCOMM desired inetd.conf entry:
XCOMM 100068/2-4 dgram rpc/udp wait root CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.cmsd rpc.cmsd
XCOMM
XCOMM first make an awk script and put it in a file.
XCOMM
XCOMM comment out any non-cde rpc.cmsd lines
XCOMM
nawk -v cmsd=$CMSD \
'{if ($1 == "100068/2-4" && $6 != cmsd)
print "#cde " $0;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
XCOMM remove any cde 2-4 cmsd
XCOMM
nawk -v cmsd=$CMSD \
'{if ($1 == "100068/2-4" && $6 == cmsd)
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
XCOMM
XCOMM now run an awk script to see if there is an occurrence of 2-5 cmsd
XCOMM
nawk -v cmsd=$CMSD \
'{if ($6 == cmsd && $1 == "100068/2-5")
print $0 > "/tmp/cmsd-already-there"
}' $FILE >/dev/null
XCOMM
XCOMM if it is not there, add it
XCOMM
if [ ! -f /tmp/cmsd-already-there ]
then
echo "100068/2-5 dgram rpc/udp wait root $CMSD rpc.cmsd" >>$FILE
else
rm /tmp/cmsd-already-there
fi
}
UnfixInetdDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/inetd.conf
TMPFILE=/tmp/inetd.conf
CMSD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.cmsd
HASH first remove the CDE rpc.cmsd entry
nawk -v cmsd=$CMSD \
'{if (($1 == "100068/2-4" || $1 == "100068/2-5") && $6 == cmsd)
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
HASH now uncomment any previously existing 100068 entry
awk '{if ($1 == "#cde") {
if ($2 == "100068/2-4") {
$1 = $2;
$2 = ""
}
}
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
}
CreateAppConfigDirectory()
{
HASH
HASH Create the APPCONFIG directory inside DT_CONFIG_TOP and create
HASH all of its subdirectories
HASH
cd $DT_CONFIG_TOP
if [ ! -d $APPCONFIG ]
then
mkdir $APPCONFIG
fi
cd $APPCONFIG
for i in $APPCONFIG_DIRS
do
if [ ! -d $i ]
then
mkdir $i
fi
cd $i
HASH
HASH for each locale
HASH
for j in $DT_TOP/$APPCONFIG/$i/STAR
do
if [ ! -d `basename $j` ]
then
mkdir `basename $j`
fi
done
cd ..
done
}
doDttermTerminfo()
{
if [ -f $DT_TOP/config/dtterm.ti ]
then
tic $DT_TOP/config/dtterm.ti
if [ -f /usr/share/lib/terminfo/d/dtterm ]
then
chown bin /usr/share/lib/terminfo/d/dtterm
chgrp bin /usr/share/lib/terminfo/d/dtterm
chmod 644 /usr/share/lib/terminfo/d/dtterm
else
echo "Unable to compile $DT_TOP/config/dtterm.ti"
fi
else
echo "Unable to find $DT_TOP/config/dtterm.ti"
fi
}
RemoveRunFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-RUN.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "../verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-RUN.lst"
EOF
}
#include "../option.func"
XCOMM ##########################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ##########################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-RUN
DT_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
DT_CONFIG_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
DT_TEMP_TOP=CDE_LOGFILES_TOP
ROOT=/
retval=0
APPCONFIG=appconfig
APPCONFIG_DIRS="appmanager help icons types"
PRINTERS=""
DEFAULT_PRINTER="DtPrint"
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "configure" ]
then
HASH
HASH create the CDE_LOGFILES_TOP directory
HASH
if [ ! -d $DT_TEMP_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager ]
then
mkdir -p $DT_TEMP_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager
fi
cd $DT_TEMP_TOP
mv $APPCONFIG/appmanager .hidden-appmanager
chmod -R 755 *
chmod 755 .hidden-appmanager
chown -R bin *
chgrp -R bin *
mv .hidden-appmanager $APPCONFIG/appmanager
chmod 755 .
chown bin .
chgrp bin .
HASH
HASH create the CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP and its config directory
HASH
if [ ! -d $DT_CONFIG_TOP ]
then
mkdir -p $DT_CONFIG_TOP
fi
if [ ! -d $DT_CONFIG_TOP/config ]
then
mkdir -p $DT_CONFIG_TOP/config
fi
CreateAppConfigDirectory
HASH
HASH ConfigurePrintersDir
HASH
env LANG=C /usr/dt/bin/dtprintinfo -populate
HASH
HASH Configure Xsession.d
HASH
cd $DT_CONFIG_TOP/config
if [ ! -d Xsession.d ]
then
mkdir Xsession.d
fi
cd $DT_CONFIG_TOP
chmod -R 755 *
FixInetdDotConf
doDttermTerminfo
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
UnfixInetdDotConf
RemoveRunFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
if [ "$OPERATION" != "verify" ]
then
HASH issue a SIGHUP to the inetd process
ps -ef | grep inetd | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if [ -s /tmp/tmppsout ]
then
awk '{print "kill -1 " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/csh
else
/usr/sbin/inetd -s
fi
fi
return $retval

105
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/linux/configShlibs.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
XCOMM!/bin/ksh
XCOMM $TOG: configShlibs.src /main/1 1998/03/11 16:18:33 mgreess $
#define STAR *
XCOMM ############################################
RemoveShlibFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-SHLIBS.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "../verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-SHLIBS.lst"
EOF
}
#include "../option.func"
MakeTheLink()
{
XCOMM
XCOMM Usage: configTT
XCOMM
XCOMM creates links in the install tree libtt.so -> libtt.so.1
XCOMM
cd CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/lib
for lib in `/bin/ls *.so.*`
do
link=`echo $lib | cut -d. -f1,2`
rm -f $link
ln -s $lib $link
done
}
XCOMM #########################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM #########################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-SHLIBS
retval=0
CDE_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
CDE_CONF_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
echo "de-Configuring for CDE-SHLIBS..."
RemoveShlibFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "configure" ]
then
MakeTheLink
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
return $retval

166
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/linux/configTT.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-TT
XCOMM configure
XCOMM @(#) $TOG: configTT.src /main/1 1998/03/11 16:18:40 mgreess $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
#define HASH #
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-TT
DO_CONFIGURATION=""
retval=0
FixInetdDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/inetd.conf
TMPFILE=/tmp/inetd.conf
TTDBSERVERD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.ttdbserverd
XCOMM
XCOMM see if it already exists
XCOMM
nawk -v ttdb=$TTDBSERVERD \
'{if ($1 == "100083/1" && $6 != ttdb)
print "#cde " $0;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
awk '{if ($1 == "100083/1")
print $0 > "/tmp/tt-already-there"
}' $FILE >/dev/null
if [ ! -f /tmp/tt-already-there ]
then
echo "100083/1 stream rpc/tcp wait root $TTDBSERVERD $TTDBSERVERD" \
>>$FILE
else
rm /tmp/tt-already-there
fi
}
UnfixInetdDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/inetd.conf
TMPFILE=/tmp/inetd.conf
TTDBSERVERD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.ttdbserverd
nawk -v ttdb=$TTDBSERVERD \
'{if ($1 == "100083/1" && $6 == ttdb)
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
awk '{if ($1 == "#cde" && ($2 == "100083/1" || $2 == "100083")) {
$1 = $2;
$2 = ""
}
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
}
RemoveTTFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-TT.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "../verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-TT.lst"
EOF
}
#include "../option.func"
XCOMM ######################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ######################################################################
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "configure" ]
then
FixInetdDotConf
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
UnfixInetdDotConf
RemoveTTFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
if [ "$OPERATION" != "verify" ]
then
HASH issue a SIGHUP to the inetd process
ps -ef | grep inetd | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if [ -s /tmp/tmppsout ]
then
awk '{print "kill -1 " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/csh
else
/usr/sbin/inetd -s
fi
rm /tmp/tmppsout
fi
return $retval

20
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/option.func Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
HandleOption()
{
while [ $# -ne 0 ]; do
case $1 in
-e) OPERATION="configure"
shift;
;;
-d) OPERATION="deconfigure"
shift;
;;
-v) OPERATION="verify"
shift;
;;
-s) OPERATION="size"
shift;
;;
esac
done
}

14
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/size.func Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
set -A tokens $SRC
if [ "${tokens[3]}" = "file" ]
then
if [ -f ${tokens[0]} ]
then
filesize=`ls -l ${tokens[0]} | awk '{print $5}'`
echo "$filesize\t\t\c"
echo "${tokens[0]}"
let total=total+filesize
fi
fi
fi

56
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/sun/Imakefile Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
XCOMM $XConsortium: Imakefile /main/6 1996/04/21 19:07:26 drk $
TOOL_DIR = ../../dbTools
DATABASE_DIR = ../../../../databases
#ifdef HPArchitecture
PLATFORM = hp-ux
#endif
#ifdef RsArchitecture
PLATFORM = aix
#endif
#ifdef SunArchitecture
PLATFORM = sun
.NO_PARALLEL:
#endif
#ifdef USLArchitecture
PLATFORM = usl
#endif
#ifdef UXPArchitecture
PLATFORM = uxp
#endif
all::
configMin:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-MIN.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-MIN.udb > CDE-MIN.lst
../build_udb_list CDE-MIN ../../../..
configTT:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-TT.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-TT.udb > CDE-TT.lst
../build_udb_list CDE-TT ../../../..
configRun:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-RUN.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-RUN.udb > CDE-RUN.lst
../build_udb_list CDE-RUN ../../../..
configShlibs:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-SHLIBS.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-SHLIBS.udb > CDE-SHLIBS.lst
../build_udb_list CDE-SHLIBS ../../../..
LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES = -DCDE_INSTALLATION_TOP=$(CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP) \
-DCDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP=$(CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP) \
-DCDE_LOGFILES_TOP=$(CDE_LOGFILES_TOP)
AllTarget(configShlibs configTT configRun configMin)
CppScriptTarget(configShlibs,configShlibs.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppScriptTarget(configTT,configTT.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppScriptTarget(configRun,configRun.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppScriptTarget(configMin,configMin.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
clean::
$(RM) *.lst *.list

275
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/sun/configMin.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-MIN
XCOMM configure
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configMin.src /main/6 1996/04/23 20:38:34 drk $
XCOMM #######
#define HASH #
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-MIN
DO_CONFIGURATION=""
retval=0
FixEtcServices()
{
FILE=/etc/services
TMPFILE=/tmp/services
XCOMM
XCOMM check for existence of /etc/services
XCOMM
if [ ! -f $FILE ] # highly unlikely
then
echo "" >$FILE
fi
XCOMM
XCOMM see if it already exists
XCOMM
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspc")
print $0 > "/tmp/dtspc-already-there"
}' $FILE >/dev/null
if [ ! -f /tmp/dtspc-already-there ]
then
echo "dtspc\t6112/tcp\t#subprocess control" >>$FILE
else
rm /tmp/dtspc-already-there
fi
XCOMM
XCOMM remove legacy entries like dtspcd
XCOMM
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspcd" || $1 == "#dtspcd")
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
}
UnfixEtcServices()
{
FILE=/etc/services
TMPFILE=/tmp/services
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspc" && $2 == "6112/tcp")
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
}
FixEtcInetdDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/inetd.conf
TMPFILE=/tmp/inetd.conf
XCOMM
XCOMM check for existence of /etc/inetd.conf
XCOMM
if [ ! -f $FILE ] # highly unlikely
then
echo "" >$FILE
fi
XCOMM
XCOMM see if it already exists
XCOMM
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspc")
print $0 > "/tmp/dtspc-already-there"
}' $FILE >/dev/null
DTSPCD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/dtspcd
if [ ! -f /tmp/dtspc-already-there ]
then
echo "dtspc stream tcp nowait root $DTSPCD $DTSPCD" >>$FILE
else
rm /tmp/dtspc-already-there
fi
XCOMM
XCOMM remove legacy entries like dtspcd
XCOMM
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspcd" || $1 == "#dtspcd")
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
}
UnfixEtcInetdDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/inetd.conf
TMPFILE=/tmp/inetd.conf
awk '{if ($1 == "dtspc")
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
}
FixEtcPamDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/pam.conf
ORIGFILE=/etc/pam.conf.preCDE
XCOMM
XCOMM check for existence of /etc/pam.conf
XCOMM
if [ -f $FILE ]
then
echo "" > $ORIGFILE
cp CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/config/sys.pam.conf $FILE
chmod 644 $FILE
else
echo "Warning: $FILE already exists. Leaving it alone." 1>&2
cp CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/config/sys.pam.conf $ORIGFILE
fi
}
UnfixEtcPamDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/pam.conf
TMPFILE=/etc/pam.conf.CDE
ORIGFILE=/etc/pam.conf.preCDE
if [ ! -f $FILE ]
then
echo "Warning: $FILE does not exist." 1>&2
elif [ ! -f $ORIGFILE ]
then
echo "Warning: $ORIGFILE does not exist. Leaving $FILE alone." 1>&2
else
mv $FILE $TMPFILE
cp $ORIGFILE $FILE
chmod 664 $FILE
fi
}
RemoveMinFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-MIN.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "../verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-MIN.lst"
EOF
}
#include "../option.func"
XCOMM ###############################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ###############################################################
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "configure" ]
then
FixEtcServices
FixEtcInetdDotConf
FixEtcPamDotConf
HASH
HASH create the /var/dt/tmp directory for the dtspcd
HASH
if [ ! -d CDE_LOGFILES_TOP/tmp ]
then
mkdir -p CDE_LOGFILES_TOP/tmp
fi
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
UnfixEtcServices
UnfixEtcInetdDotConf
UnfixEtcPamDotConf
RemoveMinFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
if [ "$OPERATION" != "verify" ]
then
HASH issue a SIGHUP to the inetd process
ps -ef | grep inetd | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if [ -s /tmp/tmppsout ]
then
awk '{print "kill -1 " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/csh
else
/usr/sbin/inetd -s
fi
fi
return $retval

322
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/sun/configRun.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-RUN
XCOMM configure
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configRun.src /main/6 1996/10/18 16:26:20 drk $
XCOMM #######
#define HASH #
#define STAR *
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-RUN
DO_CONFIGURATION=""
retval=0
FixInetdDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/inetd.conf
TMPFILE=/tmp/inetd.conf
CMSD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.cmsd
XCOMM
XCOMM desired inetd.conf entry:
XCOMM 100068/2-4 dgram rpc/udp wait root CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.cmsd rpc.cmsd
XCOMM
XCOMM first make an awk script and put it in a file.
XCOMM
XCOMM comment out any non-cde rpc.cmsd lines
XCOMM
nawk -v cmsd=$CMSD \
'{if ($1 == "100068/2-4" && $6 != cmsd)
print "#cde " $0;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
XCOMM remove any cde 2-4 cmsd
XCOMM
nawk -v cmsd=$CMSD \
'{if ($1 == "100068/2-4" && $6 == cmsd)
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
XCOMM
XCOMM now run an awk script to see if there is an occurrence of 2-5 cmsd
XCOMM
nawk -v cmsd=$CMSD \
'{if ($6 == cmsd && $1 == "100068/2-5")
print $0 > "/tmp/cmsd-already-there"
}' $FILE >/dev/null
XCOMM
XCOMM if it is not there, add it
XCOMM
if [ ! -f /tmp/cmsd-already-there ]
then
echo "100068/2-5 dgram rpc/udp wait root $CMSD rpc.cmsd" >>$FILE
else
rm /tmp/cmsd-already-there
fi
}
UnfixInetdDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/inetd.conf
TMPFILE=/tmp/inetd.conf
CMSD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.cmsd
HASH first remove the CDE rpc.cmsd entry
nawk -v cmsd=$CMSD \
'{if (($1 == "100068/2-4" || $1 == "100068/2-5") && $6 == cmsd)
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
HASH now uncomment any previously existing 100068 entry
awk '{if ($1 == "#cde") {
if ($2 == "100068/2-4") {
$1 = $2;
$2 = ""
}
}
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
}
CreateAppConfigDirectory()
{
HASH
HASH Create the APPCONFIG directory inside DT_CONFIG_TOP and create
HASH all of its subdirectories
HASH
cd $DT_CONFIG_TOP
if [ ! -d $APPCONFIG ]
then
mkdir $APPCONFIG
fi
cd $APPCONFIG
for i in $APPCONFIG_DIRS
do
if [ ! -d $i ]
then
mkdir $i
fi
cd $i
HASH
HASH for each locale
HASH
for j in $DT_TOP/$APPCONFIG/$i/STAR
do
if [ ! -d `basename $j` ]
then
mkdir `basename $j`
fi
done
cd ..
done
}
doDttermTerminfo()
{
if [ -f $DT_TOP/config/dtterm.ti ]
then
tic $DT_TOP/config/dtterm.ti
if [ -f /usr/share/lib/terminfo/d/dtterm ]
then
chown bin /usr/share/lib/terminfo/d/dtterm
chgrp bin /usr/share/lib/terminfo/d/dtterm
chmod 644 /usr/share/lib/terminfo/d/dtterm
else
echo "Unable to compile $DT_TOP/config/dtterm.ti"
fi
else
echo "Unable to find $DT_TOP/config/dtterm.ti"
fi
}
RemoveRunFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-RUN.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "../verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-RUN.lst"
EOF
}
#include "../option.func"
XCOMM ##########################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ##########################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-RUN
DT_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
DT_CONFIG_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
DT_TEMP_TOP=CDE_LOGFILES_TOP
ROOT=/
retval=0
APPCONFIG=appconfig
APPCONFIG_DIRS="appmanager help icons types"
PRINTERS=""
DEFAULT_PRINTER="DtPrint"
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "configure" ]
then
HASH
HASH create the CDE_LOGFILES_TOP directory
HASH
if [ ! -d $DT_TEMP_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager ]
then
mkdir -p $DT_TEMP_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager
fi
cd $DT_TEMP_TOP
mv $APPCONFIG/appmanager .hidden-appmanager
chmod -R 755 *
chmod 755 .hidden-appmanager
chown -R bin *
chgrp -R bin *
mv .hidden-appmanager $APPCONFIG/appmanager
chmod 755 .
chown bin .
chgrp bin .
HASH
HASH create the CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP and its config directory
HASH
if [ ! -d $DT_CONFIG_TOP ]
then
mkdir -p $DT_CONFIG_TOP
fi
if [ ! -d $DT_CONFIG_TOP/config ]
then
mkdir -p $DT_CONFIG_TOP/config
fi
CreateAppConfigDirectory
HASH
HASH ConfigurePrintersDir
HASH
env LANG=C /usr/dt/bin/dtprintinfo -populate
HASH
HASH Configure Xsession.d
HASH
cd $DT_CONFIG_TOP/config
if [ ! -d Xsession.d ]
then
mkdir Xsession.d
fi
cd $DT_CONFIG_TOP
chmod -R 755 *
FixInetdDotConf
doDttermTerminfo
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
UnfixInetdDotConf
RemoveRunFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
if [ "$OPERATION" != "verify" ]
then
HASH issue a SIGHUP to the inetd process
ps -ef | grep inetd | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if [ -s /tmp/tmppsout ]
then
awk '{print "kill -1 " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/csh
else
/usr/sbin/inetd -s
fi
fi
return $retval

105
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/sun/configShlibs.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
XCOMM!/bin/ksh
XCOMM $XConsortium: configShlibs.src /main/4 1996/06/13 16:06:34 drk $
#define STAR *
XCOMM ############################################
RemoveShlibFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-SHLIBS.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "../verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-SHLIBS.lst"
EOF
}
#include "../option.func"
MakeTheLink()
{
XCOMM
XCOMM Usage: configTT
XCOMM
XCOMM creates links in the install tree libtt.so -> libtt.so.1
XCOMM
cd CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/lib
for lib in `/bin/ls *.so.*`
do
link=`echo $lib | cut -d. -f1,2`
rm -f $link
ln -s $lib $link
done
}
XCOMM #########################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM #########################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-SHLIBS
retval=0
CDE_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
CDE_CONF_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
echo "de-Configuring for CDE-SHLIBS..."
RemoveShlibFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "configure" ]
then
MakeTheLink
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
return $retval

166
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/sun/configTT.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-TT
XCOMM configure
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configTT.src /main/5 1996/04/23 20:38:48 drk $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
#define HASH #
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-TT
DO_CONFIGURATION=""
retval=0
FixInetdDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/inetd.conf
TMPFILE=/tmp/inetd.conf
TTDBSERVERD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.ttdbserverd
XCOMM
XCOMM see if it already exists
XCOMM
nawk -v ttdb=$TTDBSERVERD \
'{if ($1 == "100083/1" && $6 != ttdb)
print "#cde " $0;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
awk '{if ($1 == "100083/1")
print $0 > "/tmp/tt-already-there"
}' $FILE >/dev/null
if [ ! -f /tmp/tt-already-there ]
then
echo "100083/1 stream rpc/tcp wait root $TTDBSERVERD $TTDBSERVERD" \
>>$FILE
else
rm /tmp/tt-already-there
fi
}
UnfixInetdDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/inetd.conf
TMPFILE=/tmp/inetd.conf
TTDBSERVERD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.ttdbserverd
nawk -v ttdb=$TTDBSERVERD \
'{if ($1 == "100083/1" && $6 == ttdb)
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
awk '{if ($1 == "#cde" && ($2 == "100083/1" || $2 == "100083")) {
$1 = $2;
$2 = ""
}
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
}
RemoveTTFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-TT.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "../verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-TT.lst"
EOF
}
#include "../option.func"
XCOMM ######################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ######################################################################
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "configure" ]
then
FixInetdDotConf
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
UnfixInetdDotConf
RemoveTTFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
if [ "$OPERATION" != "verify" ]
then
HASH issue a SIGHUP to the inetd process
ps -ef | grep inetd | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if [ -s /tmp/tmppsout ]
then
awk '{print "kill -1 " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/csh
else
/usr/sbin/inetd -s
fi
rm /tmp/tmppsout
fi
return $retval

57
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/usl/Imakefile Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
XCOMM $XConsortium: Imakefile /main/5 1996/04/21 19:07:43 drk $
TOOL_DIR = ../../dbTools
DATABASE_DIR = ../../../../databases
#ifdef HPArchitecture
PLATFORM = hp-ux
#endif
#ifdef RsArchitecture
PLATFORM = aix
#endif
#ifdef SunArchitecture
PLATFORM = sun
.NO_PARALLEL:
#endif
#ifdef USLArchitecture
PLATFORM = usl
#endif
#ifdef UXPArchitecture
PLATFORM = uxp
#endif
all::
configMin:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-MIN.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-MIN.udb > CDE-MIN.lst
../build_udb_list CDE-MIN ../../../..
configTT:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-TT.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-TT.udb > CDE-TT.lst
../build_udb_list CDE-TT ../../../..
configRun:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-RUN.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-RUN.udb > CDE-RUN.lst
../build_udb_list CDE-RUN ../../../..
configShlibs:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-SHLIBS.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-SHLIBS.udb > CDE-SHLIBS.lst
../build_udb_list CDE-SHLIBS ../../../..
LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES = -DCDE_INSTALLATION_TOP=$(CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP) \
-DCDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP=$(CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP) \
-DCDE_LOGFILES_TOP=$(CDE_LOGFILES_TOP)
AllTarget(configShlibs configTT configRun configMin)
CppScriptTarget(configShlibs,configShlibs.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppScriptTarget(configTT,configTT.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppScriptTarget(configRun,configRun.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppScriptTarget(configMin,configMin.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
clean::
$(RM) *.lst *.list

53
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/usl/S69xdm Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
#!/bin/sh
#
# Start X Display Manager for CDE
#
XNETACCESS=on #!@ Do not edit this line !@
XWINHOME=/usr/X export XWINHOME #!@ (or your mount point) !@
DTHOME=/usr/dt
PATH=$PATH:$XWINHOME/bin:$DTHOME/bin export PATH #!@ Do not edit this line !@
LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$LD_LIBRARY_PATH:$DTHOME/lib:$XWINHOME/lib export LD_LIBRARY_PATH #!@ Do not edit this line !@
XUSL=/usr/X/bin/X
XDMPROG="$DTHOME/bin/dtlogin"
XDM="$XDMPROG -daemon"
# Installed by els.4.2 package instance
XNLSPATH=$XWINHOME/lib/nls/elsXsi # Installed by els.4.2 package instance
XMODIFIERS=@im=Local # Installed by els.4.2 package instance
export XNLSPATH XMODIFIERS # Installed by els.4.2 package instance
KillProgram()
{
if [ "$#" -ne 2 ]
then
echo "usage: KillProgram -signal program-name"
fi
SIGNAL=$1
PROGRAM=$2
/bin/ps -ef | grep "$2" | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if test -s /tmp/tmppsout
then
awk "{print \"kill $1 \" \$2}" /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/ksh
fi
rm -f /tmp/tmppsout
}
case "$1" in
start)
if test -x $XDMPROG; then
if test -x $XUSL; then
rm -rf /var/dt/Xpid
exec $XDM
fi
fi
;;
stop)
KillProgram -15 dtlogin
;;
*)
echo "usage: S69xdm {start|stop}"
;;
esac

67
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/usl/configHelp.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-HELP
XCOMM customize
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configHelp.src /main/5 1996/04/23 19:56:20 drk $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
#define STAR *
XCOMM ############################################
XCOMM #
XCOMM # HELP_symlinks
XCOMM #
XCOMM # create various symlinks
XCOMM #
XCOMM ############################################
HELP_symlinks()
{
HELP_LOC="appconfig/help"
theLANG="C"
DESTDIR=$CDE_CONF_TOP/$HELP_LOC/$theLANG
SRCDIR=$CDE_TOP/$HELP_LOC/$theLANG
EXT=".sdl"
[ -d $DESTDIR ] || mkdir -p $DESTDIR
for j in $CDE_TOP/$HELP_LOC/$theLANG/STAR
do
thedir=`basename $j`
if [[ -d $j && -f $j/${thedir}$EXT ]]
then
rm -f $DESTDIR/${thedir}$EXT
ln -s $j/${thedir}$EXT $DESTDIR/${thedir}$EXT
fi
done
for j in $CDE_TOP/$HELP_LOC/$theLANG/STAR.hf
do
thefile=`basename $j`
rm -f $DESTDIR/$thefile
ln -s $CDE_TOP/$HELP_LOC/$theLANG/$thefile $DESTDIR/$thefile
done
}
XCOMM ##########################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ##########################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-HELP
retval=0
CDE_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
CDE_CONF_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
XCOMM
XCOMM set up symlinks that point into the $CDE_TOP tree
XCOMM
HELP_symlinks
return $retval

65
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/usl/configHelpPrg.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-HELP
XCOMM customize
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configHelpPrg.src /main/5 1996/04/23 19:56:25 drk $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
#define STAR *
XCOMM ############################################
XCOMM #
XCOMM # HELP_symlinks
XCOMM #
XCOMM # create various symlinks
XCOMM #
XCOMM ############################################
HELP_symlinks()
{
DEST_HELP_LOC="appconfig/help"
SRC_HELP_LOC="dthelp/help"
theLang="C"
DESTDIR=$CDE_CONF_TOP/$DEST_HELP_LOC/$theLang
SRCDIR=$CDE_TOP/$SRC_HELP_LOC/$theLang
[ -d $DESTDIR ] || mkdir -p $DESTDIR
for j in $SRCDIR/STAR
do
dir=`basename $j`
for k in $j/STAR
do
file=`basename $k`
EXT=${file##*\.}
if [[ "$EXT" = "sdl" || "$EXT" = "hf" ]]
then
rm -f $DESTDIR/$file
ln -s $SRCDIR/$dir/$file $DESTDIR/$file
fi
done
done
}
XCOMM #############################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM #############################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-HELP
retval=0
CDE_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
CDE_CONF_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
XCOMM
XCOMM set up symlinks that point into the $CDE_TOP tree
XCOMM
HELP_symlinks
return $retval

197
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/usl/configMin.src Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-MIN
XCOMM configure
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configMin.src /main/4 1996/04/21 19:07:50 drk $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-MIN
DO_CONFIGURATION=""
retval=0
CheckForClobberedLinks()
{
XCOMM
XCOMM ensure links not clobbered
XCOMM
for file in services inetd.conf
do
if test ! -L /etc/$file
then if test -f /etc/$file
then
rm /etc/$file
ln -s /etc/inet/$file /etc/$file
fi
fi
done
}
FixEtcInetServices()
{
SERVICES=/etc/inet/services
XCOMM
XCOMM see if it already exists
XCOMM
nawk '{if ($1 == "dtspc") print $0 > "/tmp/dtspc-already-there"}' \
$SERVICES >/dev/null
if [ ! -f /tmp/dtspc-already-there ]
then
if test ! -f ${SERVICES}.preCDE
then mv $SERVICES $SERVICES.preCDE
cp ${SERVICES}.preCDE $SERVICES
chmod 444 $SERVICES
fi
echo "dtspc\t6112/tcp\t#subprocess control" >>$SERVICES
else
rm /tmp/dtspc-already-there
fi
XCOMM
XCOMM remove legacy entries like dtspcd
XCOMM
nawk '{if ($1 == "dtspcd" || $1 == "#dtspcd") ; else print $0}' \
$SERVICES >/tmp/etc-services
mv /tmp/etc-services $SERVICES
chmod 444 $SERVICES
}
UnfixEtcInetServices()
{
SERVICES=/etc/inet/services
TMPFILE=/tmp/etc-services
nawk '{if ($1 == "dtspc" && $2 == "6112/tcp")
;
else
print $0
}' $SERVICES >$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $SERVICES
}
FixInetdDotConf()
{
INETD_CONF=/etc/inet/inetd.conf
XCOMM
XCOMM see if it already exists
XCOMM
nawk '{if ($1 == "dtspc") print $0 > "/tmp/dtspc-already-there"}' \
$INETD_CONF >/dev/null
if [ ! -f /tmp/dtspc-already-there ]
then
if test ! -f ${INETD_CONF}.preCDE
then mv $INETD_CONF $INETD_CONF.preCDE
cp ${INETD_CONF}.preCDE $INETD_CONF
chmod 444 $INETD_CONF
fi
DTSPCD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/dtspcd
echo "dtspc stream tcp nowait root $DTSPCD $DTSPCD" >>$INETD_CONF
else
rm /tmp/dtspc-already-there
fi
XCOMM
XCOMM remove legacy entries like dtspcd
XCOMM
nawk '{if ($1 == "dtspcd" || $1 == "#dtspcd") ; else print $0}' \
$INETD_CONF >/tmp/etc-inetd-conf
mv /tmp/etc-inetd-conf $INETD_CONF
chmod 444 $INETD_CONF
}
UnfixInetdDotConf()
{
INETD_CONF=/etc/inet/inetd.conf
TMPFILE=/tmp/inetd.conf
nawk '{if ($1 == "dtspc")
;
else
print $0
}' $INETD_CONF >$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $INETD_CONF
}
PokeInetd()
{
XCOMM issue a SIGHUP to the inetd process
ps -ef | grep inetd | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if [ -s /tmp/tmppsout ]
then
nawk '{print "kill -HUP " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/ksh
else
/usr/sbin/inetd -s
fi
rm /tmp/tmppsout
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "../verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-MIN.lst"
EOF
}
#include "../option.func"
XCOMM ####################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main body
XCOMM
XCOMM ####################################################################
CheckForClobberedLinks
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "configure" ]
then
FixEtcInetServices
FixInetdDotConf
PokeInetd()
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
UnfixEtcInetServices
UnfixInetdDotConf
PokeInetd()
RemoveMinFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
return $retval

306
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/usl/configRun.src Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-RUN
XCOMM configure
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configRun.src /main/7 1996/10/18 16:26:43 drk $
XCOMM #######
#define HASH #
#define STAR *
CreateAppConfigDirectory()
{
HASH
HASH Create the APPCONFIG directory inside DT_CONFIG_TOP and create
HASH all of its subdirectories
HASH
cd $DT_CONFIG_TOP
if [ ! -d $APPCONFIG ]
then
mkdir $APPCONFIG
fi
cd $APPCONFIG
for i in $APPCONFIG_DIRS
do
if [ ! -d $i ]
then
mkdir $i
fi
cd $i
HASH
HASH for each locale
HASH
for j in $DT_TOP/$APPCONFIG/$i/STAR
do
if [ ! -d `basename $j` ]
then
mkdir `basename $j`
fi
done
cd ..
done
}
FixInetdDotConf()
{
FILE="/etc/inet/inetd.conf"
TMPFILE="/tmp/inetd.conf"
XCOMM
XCOMM desired inetd.conf entry:
XCOMM 100068/2-4 dgram rpc/udp wait root CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.cmsd
XCOMM rpc.cmsd
XCOMM
XCOMM
XCOMM ensure links not clobbered
XCOMM
for file in services inetd.conf
do
if test ! -L /etc/$file
then if test -f /etc/$file
then
rm /etc/$file
ln -s /etc/inet/$file /etc/$file
fi
fi
done
CMSD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.cmsd
nawk -v cmsd=$CMSD \
'{if ($1 == "100068/2-4" && $6 != cmsd)
print "#cde " $0;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
if test ! -f ${FILE}.preCDE
then mv $FILE ${FILE}.preCDE
cp ${FILE}.preCDE $FILE
fi
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
chmod 444 $FILE
XCOMM
XCOMM now see if there is an occurrence of cmsd
XCOMM
rm -f /tmp/cmsd-already-there
nawk '{if ($7 == "rpc.cmsd" && $1 == "100068/2-4") print $0 > \
"/tmp/cmsd-already-there"}' $FILE >/dev/null
XCOMM
XCOMM if it is not there, add it
XCOMM
if [ ! -f /tmp/cmsd-already-there ]
then
echo "100068/2-4 dgram rpc/udp wait root $CMSD rpc.cmsd" >>$FILE
else
rm /tmp/cmsd-already-there
fi
}
UnfixInetdDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/inet/inetd.conf
TMPFILE=/tmp/inetd.conf
CMSD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.cmsd
nawk -v cmsd=$CMSD \
'{if ($1 == "100068/2-4" && $6 == cmsd)
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
nawk '{if ($1 == "#cde" && $2 == "100068/2-4") {
$1 = $2;
$2 = ""
}
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
}
PokeInetd()
{
XCOMM
XCOMM Schedule inetd to re-read inetd.conf with SIGHUP.
XCOMM
ps -ef | grep inetd | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if test -s /tmp/tmppsout
then
nawk '{print "kill -HUP " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/ksh
else
/usr/sbin/inetd -s
fi
rm -f /tmp/tmppsout
}
doDttermTerminfo()
{
if [ -f $DT_TOP/config/dtterm.ti ]
then
tic $DT_TOP/config/dtterm.ti
if [ -f /usr/share/lib/terminfo/d/dtterm ]
then
chown bin /usr/share/lib/terminfo/d/dtterm
chgrp bin /usr/share/lib/terminfo/d/dtterm
chmod 644 /usr/share/lib/terminfo/d/dtterm
else
echo "Unable to compile $DT_TOP/config/dtterm.ti"
fi
else
echo "Unable to find $DT_TOP/config/dtterm.ti"
fi
}
RemoveRunFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-RUN.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "../verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-RUN.lst"
EOF
}
#include "../option.func"
XCOMM ######################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main body
XCOMM
XCOMM ######################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-RUN
retval=0
DT_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
DT_CONFIG_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
DT_TEMP_TOP=CDE_LOGFILES_TOP
ROOT=/
retval=0
APPCONFIG=appconfig
APPCONFIG_DIRS="appmanager help icons types"
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "configure" ]
then
HASH
HASH create the CDE_LOGFILES_TOP directory
HASH
if [ ! -d $DT_TEMP_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager ]
then
mkdir -p $DT_TEMP_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager
fi
cd $DT_TEMP_TOP
mv $APPCONFIG/appmanager .hidden-appmanager
chmod -R 755 *
chmod 755 .hidden-appmanager
chown -R bin *
chgrp -R bin *
mv .hidden-appmanager $APPCONFIG/appmanager
chmod 755 .
chown bin .
chgrp bin .
HASH
HASH create the CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP and its config directory
HASH
if [ ! -d $DT_CONFIG_TOP ]
then
mkdir -p $DT_CONFIG_TOP
fi
if [ ! -d $DT_CONFIG_TOP/config ]
then
mkdir -p $DT_CONFIG_TOP/config
fi
CreateAppConfigDirectory
HASH
HASH Create default printer actions
HASH
env LANG=C /usr/dt/bin/dtprintinfo -populate
HASH
HASH Configure Xsession.d
HASH
cd $DT_CONFIG_TOP/config
if [ ! -d Xsession.d ]
then
mkdir Xsession.d
fi
cd $DT_CONFIG_TOP
chmod -R 755 *
FixInetdDotConf
PokeInetd
doDttermTerminfo
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
UnfixInetdDotConf
PokeInetd
RemoveRunFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
return $retval

114
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/usl/configShlibs.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
XCOMM!/bin/ksh
XCOMM $XConsortium: configShlibs.src /main/6 1996/06/13 16:38:59 drk $
XCOMM (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation.
XCOMM (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company.
XCOMM (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp.
XCOMM (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
XCOMM (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc.
XCOMM (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED.
XCOMM (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi.
#define STAR *
XCOMM ############################################
RemoveShlibFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-SHLIBS.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "../verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-SHLIBS.lst"
EOF
}
#include "../option.func"
MakeTheLink()
{
XCOMM
XCOMM Usage: configShlibs
XCOMM
XCOMM creates links in the install tree libtt.so -> libtt.so.1
XCOMM
cd CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/lib
for lib in `/bin/ls *.so.*`
do
echo " Creating symlink for $lib"
link=`echo $lib | cut -d. -f1,2`
rm -f $link
ln -s $lib $link
done
}
XCOMM ##########################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ##########################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-SHLIBS
retval=0
CDE_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
CDE_CONF_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
echo "de-Configuring for CDE-SHLIBS..."
RemoveShlibFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "configure" ]
then
MakeTheLink
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
return $retval

101
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/usl/configTT.src Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-TT
XCOMM configure
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configTT.src /main/5 1996/04/21 19:08:00 drk $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-TT
DO_CONFIGURATION=""
retval=0
DeconfigureTtDbserver()
{
/usr/sbin/pmadm -d -p tcp -s ttdbserverd >/dev/null 2>&1
/usr/sbin/pmadm -r -p tcp -s ttdbserverd >/dev/null 2>&1
/usr/sbin/sacadm -x -p tcp
}
ConfigureTtDbserver()
{
/usr/sbin/pmadm -d -p tcp -s ttdbserverd >/dev/null 2>&1
/usr/sbin/pmadm -r -p tcp -s ttdbserverd >/dev/null 2>&1
/usr/sbin/pmadm -a -t listen -s ttdbserverd -i root -m `/usr/sbin/nlsadmin -c /usr/dt/bin/rpc.ttdbserverd -D -R 100083:1` -v `/usr/sbin/nlsadmin -V`
/usr/sbin/sacadm -x -p tcp
}
RemoveTTFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-TT.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "../verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-TT.lst"
EOF
}
#include "../option.func"
XCOMM ################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ################################################################
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "configure" ]
then
ConfigureTtDbserver
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
DeconfigureTtDbserver
RemoveTTFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
return $retval

55
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/uxp/Imakefile Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
XCOMM $XConsortium: Imakefile /main/3 1996/04/21 19:13:20 drk $
TOOL_DIR = ../../dbTools
DATABASE_DIR = ../../../../databases
#ifdef HPArchitecture
PLATFORM = hp-ux
#endif
#ifdef RsArchitecture
PLATFORM = aix
#endif
#ifdef SunArchitecture
PLATFORM = sun
#endif
#ifdef USLArchitecture
PLATFORM = usl
#endif
#ifdef UXPArchitecture
PLATFORM = uxp
#endif
all::
configMin:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-MIN.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-MIN.udb > CDE-MIN.lst
../build_udb_list CDE-MIN ../../../..
configTT:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-TT.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-TT.udb > CDE-TT.lst
../build_udb_list CDE-TT ../../../..
configRun:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-RUN.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-RUN.udb > CDE-RUN.lst
../build_udb_list CDE-RUN ../../../..
configShlibs:: $(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-SHLIBS.udb
$(TOOL_DIR)/udbToAny.ksh -toLst -ReleaseStream $(PLATFORM) \
$(DATABASE_DIR)/CDE-SHLIBS.udb > CDE-SHLIBS.lst
../build_udb_list CDE-SHLIBS ../../../..
LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES = -DCDE_INSTALLATION_TOP=$(CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP) \
-DCDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP=$(CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP) \
-DCDE_LOGFILES_TOP=$(CDE_LOGFILES_TOP)
AllTarget(configShlibs configTT configRun configMin)
CppScriptTarget(configShlibs,configShlibs.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppScriptTarget(configTT,configTT.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppScriptTarget(configRun,configRun.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
CppScriptTarget(configMin,configMin.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)
clean::
$(RM) *.lst *.list

53
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/uxp/S69xdm Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
#!/bin/sh
#
# Start X Display Manager for CDE
#
XNETACCESS=on #!@ Do not edit this line !@
XWINHOME=/usr/X export XWINHOME #!@ (or your mount point) !@
DTHOME=/usr/dt
PATH=$PATH:$XWINHOME/bin:$DTHOME/bin export PATH #!@ Do not edit this line !@
LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$LD_LIBRARY_PATH:$DTHOME/lib:$XWINHOME/lib export LD_LIBRARY_PATH #!@ Do not edit this line !@
XUXP=/usr/X/bin/X
XDMPROG="$DTHOME/bin/dtlogin"
XDM="$XDMPROG -daemon"
# Installed by els.4.2 package instance
XNLSPATH=$XWINHOME/lib/nls/elsXsi # Installed by els.4.2 package instance
XMODIFIERS=@im=Local # Installed by els.4.2 package instance
export XNLSPATH XMODIFIERS # Installed by els.4.2 package instance
KillProgram()
{
if [ "$#" -ne 2 ]
then
echo "usage: KillProgram -signal program-name"
fi
SIGNAL=$1
PROGRAM=$2
/bin/ps -ef | grep "$2" | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if test -s /tmp/tmppsout
then
awk "{print \"kill $1 \" \$2}" /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/ksh
fi
rm -f /tmp/tmppsout
}
case "$1" in
start)
if test -x $XDMPROG; then
if test -x $XUXP; then
rm -rf /var/dt/Xpid
exec $XDM
fi
fi
;;
stop)
KillProgram -15 dtlogin
;;
*)
echo "usage: S69xdm {start|stop}"
;;
esac

67
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/uxp/configHelp.src Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-HELP
XCOMM customize
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configHelp.src /main/4 1996/07/18 15:49:15 drk $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
#define STAR *
XCOMM ############################################
XCOMM #
XCOMM # HELP_symlinks
XCOMM #
XCOMM # create various symlinks
XCOMM #
XCOMM ############################################
HELP_symlinks()
{
HELP_LOC="appconfig/help"
theLANG="C"
DESTDIR=$CDE_CONF_TOP/$HELP_LOC/$theLANG
SRCDIR=$CDE_TOP/$HELP_LOC/$theLANG
EXT=".sdl"
[ -d $DESTDIR ] || mkdir -p $DESTDIR
for j in $CDE_TOP/$HELP_LOC/$theLANG/STAR
do
thedir=`basename $j`
if [[ -d $j && -f $j/${thedir}$EXT ]]
then
rm -f $DESTDIR/${thedir}$EXT
ln -s $j/${thedir}$EXT $DESTDIR/${thedir}$EXT
fi
done
for j in $CDE_TOP/$HELP_LOC/$theLANG/STAR.hf
do
thefile=`basename $j`
rm -f $DESTDIR/$thefile
ln -s $CDE_TOP/$HELP_LOC/$theLANG/$thefile $DESTDIR/$thefile
done
}
XCOMM ##########################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ##########################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-HELP
retval=0
CDE_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
CDE_CONF_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
XCOMM
XCOMM set up symlinks that point into the $CDE_TOP tree
XCOMM
HELP_symlinks
return $retval

65
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/uxp/configHelpPrg.src Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-HELP
XCOMM customize
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configHelpPrg.src /main/4 1996/07/18 15:49:38 drk $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
#define STAR *
XCOMM ############################################
XCOMM #
XCOMM # HELP_symlinks
XCOMM #
XCOMM # create various symlinks
XCOMM #
XCOMM ############################################
HELP_symlinks()
{
DEST_HELP_LOC="appconfig/help"
SRC_HELP_LOC="dthelp/help"
theLang="C"
DESTDIR=$CDE_CONF_TOP/$DEST_HELP_LOC/$theLang
SRCDIR=$CDE_TOP/$SRC_HELP_LOC/$theLang
[ -d $DESTDIR ] || mkdir -p $DESTDIR
for j in $SRCDIR/STAR
do
dir=`basename $j`
for k in $j/STAR
do
file=`basename $k`
EXT=${file##*\.}
if [[ "$EXT" = "sdl" || "$EXT" = "hf" ]]
then
rm -f $DESTDIR/$file
ln -s $SRCDIR/$dir/$file $DESTDIR/$file
fi
done
done
}
XCOMM ##########################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ##########################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-HELP
retval=0
CDE_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
CDE_CONF_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
XCOMM
XCOMM set up symlinks that point into the $CDE_TOP tree
XCOMM
HELP_symlinks
return $retval

197
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/uxp/configMin.src Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-MIN
XCOMM configure
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configMin.src /main/2 1996/04/21 19:13:28 drk $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-MIN
DO_CONFIGURATION=""
retval=0
CheckForClobberedLinks()
{
XCOMM
XCOMM ensure links not clobbered
XCOMM
for file in services inetd.conf
do
if test ! -L /etc/$file
then if test -f /etc/$file
then
rm /etc/$file
ln -s /etc/inet/$file /etc/$file
fi
fi
done
}
FixEtcInetServices()
{
SERVICES=/etc/inet/services
XCOMM
XCOMM see if it already exists
XCOMM
nawk '{if ($1 == "dtspc") print $0 > "/tmp/dtspc-already-there"}' \
$SERVICES >/dev/null
if [ ! -f /tmp/dtspc-already-there ]
then
if test ! -f ${SERVICES}.preCDE
then mv $SERVICES $SERVICES.preCDE
cp ${SERVICES}.preCDE $SERVICES
chmod 444 $SERVICES
fi
echo "dtspc\t6112/tcp\t#subprocess control" >>$SERVICES
else
rm /tmp/dtspc-already-there
fi
XCOMM
XCOMM remove legacy entries like dtspcd
XCOMM
nawk '{if ($1 == "dtspcd" || $1 == "#dtspcd") ; else print $0}' \
$SERVICES >/tmp/etc-services
mv /tmp/etc-services $SERVICES
chmod 444 $SERVICES
}
UnfixEtcInetServices()
{
SERVICES=/etc/inet/services
TMPFILE=/tmp/etc-services
nawk '{if ($1 == "dtspc" && $2 == "6112/tcp")
;
else
print $0
}' $SERVICES >$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $SERVICES
}
FixInetdDotConf()
{
INETD_CONF=/etc/inet/inetd.conf
XCOMM
XCOMM see if it already exists
XCOMM
nawk '{if ($1 == "dtspc") print $0 > "/tmp/dtspc-already-there"}' \
$INETD_CONF >/dev/null
if [ ! -f /tmp/dtspc-already-there ]
then
if test ! -f ${INETD_CONF}.preCDE
then mv $INETD_CONF $INETD_CONF.preCDE
cp ${INETD_CONF}.preCDE $INETD_CONF
chmod 444 $INETD_CONF
fi
DTSPCD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/dtspcd
echo "dtspc stream tcp nowait root $DTSPCD $DTSPCD" >>$INETD_CONF
else
rm /tmp/dtspc-already-there
fi
XCOMM
XCOMM remove legacy entries like dtspcd
XCOMM
nawk '{if ($1 == "dtspcd" || $1 == "#dtspcd") ; else print $0}' \
$INETD_CONF >/tmp/etc-inetd-conf
mv /tmp/etc-inetd-conf $INETD_CONF
chmod 444 $INETD_CONF
}
UnfixInetdDotConf()
{
INETD_CONF=/etc/inet/inetd.conf
TMPFILE=/tmp/inetd.conf
nawk '{if ($1 == "dtspc")
;
else
print $0
}' $INETD_CONF >$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $INETD_CONF
}
PokeInetd()
{
XCOMM issue a SIGHUP to the inetd process
ps -ef | grep inetd | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if [ -s /tmp/tmppsout ]
then
nawk '{print "kill -HUP " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/ksh
else
/usr/sbin/inetd -s
fi
rm /tmp/tmppsout
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "../verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-MIN.lst"
EOF
}
#include "../option.func"
XCOMM ####################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main body
XCOMM
XCOMM ####################################################################
CheckForClobberedLinks
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "configure" ]
then
FixEtcInetServices
FixInetdDotConf
PokeInetd()
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
UnfixEtcInetServices
UnfixInetdDotConf
PokeInetd()
RemoveMinFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
return $retval

306
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/uxp/configRun.src Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-RUN
XCOMM configure
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configRun.src /main/5 1996/10/18 16:27:01 drk $
XCOMM #######
#define HASH #
#define STAR *
CreateAppConfigDirectory()
{
HASH
HASH Create the APPCONFIG directory inside DT_CONFIG_TOP and create
HASH all of its subdirectories
HASH
cd $DT_CONFIG_TOP
if [ ! -d $APPCONFIG ]
then
mkdir $APPCONFIG
fi
cd $APPCONFIG
for i in $APPCONFIG_DIRS
do
if [ ! -d $i ]
then
mkdir $i
fi
cd $i
HASH
HASH for each locale
HASH
for j in $DT_TOP/$APPCONFIG/$i/STAR
do
if [ ! -d `basename $j` ]
then
mkdir `basename $j`
fi
done
cd ..
done
}
FixInetdDotConf()
{
FILE="/etc/inet/inetd.conf"
TMPFILE="/tmp/inetd.conf"
XCOMM
XCOMM desired inetd.conf entry:
XCOMM 100068/2-4 dgram rpc/udp wait root CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.cmsd
XCOMM rpc.cmsd
XCOMM
XCOMM
XCOMM ensure links not clobbered
XCOMM
for file in services inetd.conf
do
if test ! -L /etc/$file
then if test -f /etc/$file
then
rm /etc/$file
ln -s /etc/inet/$file /etc/$file
fi
fi
done
CMSD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.cmsd
nawk -v cmsd=$CMSD \
'{if ($1 == "100068/2-4" && $6 != cmsd)
print "#cde " $0;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
if test ! -f ${FILE}.preCDE
then mv $FILE ${FILE}.preCDE
cp ${FILE}.preCDE $FILE
fi
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
chmod 444 $FILE
XCOMM
XCOMM now see if there is an occurrence of cmsd
XCOMM
rm -f /tmp/cmsd-already-there
nawk '{if ($7 == "rpc.cmsd" && $1 == "100068/2-4") print $0 > \
"/tmp/cmsd-already-there"}' $FILE >/dev/null
XCOMM
XCOMM if it is not there, add it
XCOMM
if [ ! -f /tmp/cmsd-already-there ]
then
echo "100068/2-4 dgram rpc/udp wait root $CMSD rpc.cmsd" >>$FILE
else
rm /tmp/cmsd-already-there
fi
}
UnfixInetdDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/inet/inetd.conf
TMPFILE=/tmp/inetd.conf
CMSD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.cmsd
nawk -v cmsd=$CMSD \
'{if ($1 == "100068/2-4" && $6 == cmsd)
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
nawk '{if ($1 == "#cde" && $2 == "100068/2-4") {
$1 = $2;
$2 = ""
}
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
mv $TMPFILE $FILE
}
PokeInetd()
{
XCOMM
XCOMM Schedule inetd to re-read inetd.conf with SIGHUP.
XCOMM
ps -ef | grep inetd | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if test -s /tmp/tmppsout
then
nawk '{print "kill -HUP " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/ksh
else
/usr/sbin/inetd -s
fi
rm -f /tmp/tmppsout
}
doDttermTerminfo()
{
if [ -f $DT_TOP/config/dtterm.ti ]
then
/bin/tic $DT_TOP/config/dtterm.ti
if [ -f /usr/share/lib/terminfo/d/dtterm ]
then
chown bin /usr/share/lib/terminfo/d/dtterm
chgrp bin /usr/share/lib/terminfo/d/dtterm
chmod 644 /usr/share/lib/terminfo/d/dtterm
else
echo "Unable to compile $DT_TOP/config/dtterm.ti"
fi
else
echo "Unable to find $DT_TOP/config/dtterm.ti"
fi
}
RemoveRunFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-RUN.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "../verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-RUN.lst"
EOF
}
#include "../option.func"
XCOMM ######################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main body
XCOMM
XCOMM ######################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-RUN
retval=0
DT_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
DT_CONFIG_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
DT_TEMP_TOP=CDE_LOGFILES_TOP
ROOT=/
retval=0
APPCONFIG=appconfig
APPCONFIG_DIRS="appmanager help icons types"
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "configure" ]
then
HASH
HASH create the CDE_LOGFILES_TOP directory
HASH
if [ ! -d $DT_TEMP_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager ]
then
mkdir -p $DT_TEMP_TOP/$APPCONFIG/appmanager
fi
cd $DT_TEMP_TOP
mv $APPCONFIG/appmanager .hidden-appmanager
chmod -R 755 *
chmod 755 .hidden-appmanager
chown -R bin *
chgrp -R bin *
mv .hidden-appmanager $APPCONFIG/appmanager
chmod 755 .
chown bin .
chgrp bin .
HASH
HASH create the CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP and its config directory
HASH
if [ ! -d $DT_CONFIG_TOP ]
then
mkdir -p $DT_CONFIG_TOP
fi
if [ ! -d $DT_CONFIG_TOP/config ]
then
mkdir -p $DT_CONFIG_TOP/config
fi
CreateAppConfigDirectory
HASH
HASH Create default printer actions
HASH
env LANG=C /usr/dt/bin/dtprintinfo -populate
HASH
HASH Configure Xsession.d
HASH
cd $DT_CONFIG_TOP/config
if [ ! -d Xsession.d ]
then
mkdir Xsession.d
fi
cd $DT_CONFIG_TOP
chmod -R 755 *
FixInetdDotConf
PokeInetd
doDttermTerminfo
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
UnfixInetdDotConf
PokeInetd
RemoveRunFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
return $retval

114
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/uxp/configShlibs.src Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
XCOMM!/bin/ksh
XCOMM $XConsortium: configShlibs.src /main/5 1996/06/13 16:39:07 drk $
XCOMM (c) Copyright 1996 Digital Equipment Corporation.
XCOMM (c) Copyright 1996 Hewlett-Packard Company.
XCOMM (c) Copyright 1996 International Business Machines Corp.
XCOMM (c) Copyright 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
XCOMM (c) Copyright 1996 Novell, Inc.
XCOMM (c) Copyright 1996 FUJITSU LIMITED.
XCOMM (c) Copyright 1996 Hitachi.
#define STAR *
XCOMM ############################################
RemoveShlibFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-SHLIBS.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "../verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-SHLIBS.lst"
EOF
}
#include "../option.func"
MakeTheLink()
{
XCOMM
XCOMM Usage: configShlibs
XCOMM
XCOMM creates links in the install tree libtt.so -> libtt.so.1
XCOMM
cd CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/lib
for lib in `/bin/ls *.so.*`
do
echo " Creating symlink for $lib"
link=`echo $lib | cut -d. -f1,2`
rm -f $link
ln -s $lib $link
done
}
XCOMM ##########################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ##########################################################################
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-SHLIBS
retval=0
CDE_TOP=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP
CDE_CONF_TOP=CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
echo "de-Configuring for CDE-SHLIBS..."
RemoveShlibFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "configure" ]
then
MakeTheLink
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
return $retval

166
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/uxp/configTT.src Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM #######
XCOMM Product: CDE
XCOMM Fileset: CDE-TT
XCOMM configure
XCOMM @(#) $XConsortium: configTT.src /main/5 1996/09/20 18:22:32 cde-fuj $
XCOMM #######
XCOMM
XCOMM (c) Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company, 1993
XCOMM
XCOMM #######
#define HASH #
PRODUCT=CDE
FILESET=CDE-TT
DO_CONFIGURATION=""
retval=0
FixInetdDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/inetd.conf
TMPFILE=/tmp/inetd.conf
TTDBSERVERD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.ttdbserverd
XCOMM
XCOMM see if it already exists
XCOMM
nawk -v ttdb=$TTDBSERVERD \
'{if ($1 == "100083/1" && $6 != ttdb)
print "#cde " $0;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
awk '{if ($1 == "100083/1")
print $0 > "/tmp/tt-already-there"
}' $FILE >/dev/null
if [ ! -f /tmp/tt-already-there ]
then
echo "100083/1 tli rpc/tcp wait root $TTDBSERVERD $TTDBSERVERD" \
>>$FILE
else
rm /tmp/tt-already-there
fi
}
UnfixInetdDotConf()
{
FILE=/etc/inetd.conf
TMPFILE=/tmp/inetd.conf
TTDBSERVERD=CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/bin/rpc.ttdbserverd
nawk -v ttdb=$TTDBSERVERD \
'{if ($1 == "100083/1" && $6 == ttdb)
;
else
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
awk '{if ($1 == "#cde" && ($2 == "100083/1" || $2 == "100083")) {
$1 = $2;
$2 = ""
}
print $0
}' $FILE >$TMPFILE
cp $TMPFILE $FILE
rm $TMPFILE
}
RemoveTTFiles()
{
while read SRC
do
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
rm -f $SRC
dirname=${SRC%/STAR}
if [ -d $dirname ]
then
cd $dirname
while [ "$dirname" != "$CDE_TOP" ]
do
cd ..
rmdir ${dirname##STAR/} >/dev/null 2>/dev/null
dirname=${dirname%/STAR}
done
fi
fi
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-TT.list"
EOF
}
VerifyInstalledFiles()
{
echo "Status mode owner group filename"
echo "-----------------------------------------"
XCOMM exists correct correct correct /usr/dt/foo1
XCOMM MISSING WRONG WRONG WRONG /usr/dt/foo2
XCOMM exists the link is correct /usr/dt/link
while read SRC
do
#include "../verify.func"
done <<-EOF
#include "CDE-TT.lst"
EOF
}
#include "../option.func"
XCOMM ######################################################################
XCOMM
XCOMM Main Body
XCOMM
XCOMM ######################################################################
HandleOption $*
if [ "$OPERATION" = "configure" ]
then
FixInetdDotConf
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "deconfigure" ]
then
UnfixInetdDotConf
RemoveTTFiles
VerifyInstalledFiles
elif [ "$OPERATION" = "verify" ]
then
VerifyInstalledFiles
fi
if [ "$OPERATION" != "verify" ]
then
HASH issue a SIGHUP to the inetd process
ps -ef | grep inetd | grep -v grep >/tmp/tmppsout
if [ -s /tmp/tmppsout ]
then
awk '{print "kill -1 " $2}' /tmp/tmppsout | /bin/csh
else
/usr/sbin/inetd -s
fi
rm /tmp/tmppsout
fi
return $retval

68
cde/admin/IntegTools/post_install/verify.func Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
if [ "$SRC" != "" ]
then
set -A tokens $SRC
if [ "${tokens[3]}" = "file" ]
then
if [ -f ${tokens[0]} ]
then
echo "exists \c"
else
echo "MISSING or REMOVED \c"
echo "${tokens[0]}"
continue
fi
elif [ "${tokens[3]}" = "sym_link" ]
then
if [ -L ${tokens[0]} ]
then
echo "exists \c"
else
echo "MISSING or REMOVED \c"
echo "${tokens[0]}"
continue
fi
fi
if [ "${tokens[3]}" = "file" ]
then
touch /tmp/config-test
chmod ${tokens[1]} /tmp/config-test
tmpperms=`ls -l /tmp/config-test | awk '{print $1}'`
realperms=`ls -l ${tokens[0]} | awk '{print $1}'`
if [ "$tmpperms" = "$realperms" ]
then
echo "correct \c"
else
echo " WRONG \c"
fi
owner=`ls -l ${tokens[0]} | awk '{print $3}'`
if [ "$owner" = "${tokens[4]}" ]
then
echo "correct \c"
else
echo " WRONG \c"
fi
group=`ls -l ${tokens[0]} | awk '{print $4}'`
if [ "$group" = "${tokens[5]}" ]
then
echo "correct \c"
else
echo " WRONG \c"
fi
elif [ "${tokens[3]}" = "sym_link" ]
then
linkto=`ls -l ${tokens[0]} | awk '{print $11}'`
if [ "${tokens[2]}" = "$linkto" ]
then
echo " the link is correct \c"
else
echo " the link is WRONG \c"
fi
fi
echo "${tokens[0]}"
fi

10
cde/admin/IntegTools/updateTools/Imakefile Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
XCOMM $XConsortium: Imakefile /main/4 1996/04/21 19:08:02 drk $
LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES = -DCDE_INSTALLATION_TOP=$(CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP) \
-DCDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP=$(CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP) \
-DCDE_LOGFILES_TOP=$(CDE_LOGFILES_TOP) \
-Usun
AllTarget(updateCDE)
CppScriptTarget(updateCDE,updateCDE.src,$(LOCAL_CPP_DEFINES),)

42
cde/admin/IntegTools/updateTools/kfork Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
#! /bin/ksh
#
# Shell script to kill off specified processes
#
# Usage: kfork <process-to-kill> <waiting time before retry>
# check for the optional 3rd parameter
# it will tell how long to wait before
# the next kill attempt
if [ $# -ge 2 ]
then
die_time=$2
else
die_time=1
fi
ps ${PS_ALL_FLAG} | grep $1 > /tmp/tmp.$$
if [ -s /tmp/tmp.$$ ]
then
awk '{print "kill", $1}' /tmp/tmp.$$ | /bin/csh
sleep $die_time # wait for it to die
ps ${PS_ALL_FLAG} | grep $1 > /tmp/tmp.$$
if [ -s /tmp/tmp.$$ ]
then
awk '{print "kill -3", $1}' /tmp/tmp.$$ | /bin/csh
sleep $die_time # wait for it to die
ps ${PS_ALL_FLAG} | grep $1 > /tmp/tmp.$$
if [ -s /tmp/tmp.$$ ]
then
awk '{print "kill -9", $1}' /tmp/tmp.$$ | /bin/csh
fi
rm /tmp/tmp.$$
fi
if [ -f /tmp/tmp.$$ ]
then
rm /tmp/tmp.$$
fi
fi
if [ -f /tmp/tmp.$$ ]
then
rm /tmp/tmp.$$
fi

77
cde/admin/IntegTools/updateTools/kfork.dtclients Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
#!/bin/ksh
#
# Shell script to use kfork to kill all the desktop clients prior to
# a clean install of new bits.
#
# Author: Jerrie Andreas 10/5/93
#
# Usage: No parameters, called from updateDT
PS_ALL_FLAG=-e
export PS_ALL_FLAG
TOOL_DIR=/x/cdesrc/admin/IntegTools/updateTools
export TOOL_DIR
die_time=3
files="
dtaction
dtappgather
dtappintegrate
dtcalc
dtcm
dtcopy
dtcreate
dterror
dtexec
dtfile
dtgreet
dthello
dthelpgen
dthelptag
dthelpview
dticon
dtksh
dtlogin
dtlpsetup
dtmail
dtmailconv
dtpad
dtprintegrate
dtqueueinfo
dtrc
dtscreen
dtsearchpath
dtsession
dtspcd
dtstyle
dtterm
dtwm
htag1
htag2
inetd
list_queue_jobs
list_queues
rpc.cmsd
rpc.ttdbserverd
tt_type_comp
ttcp
ttdbck
ttmv
ttrm
ttsession
ttsnoop
tttar
tttrace
uil
"
for file in $files
do
$TOOL_DIR/kfork $file $die_time
done

92
cde/admin/IntegTools/updateTools/updateCDE.ez Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
#!/bin/ksh
#
# updateCDE.ez
#
# Author:
#
# This script invokes the updateCDE script to do the actual work.
# updateCDE.ez passes the path for the source tree to updateCDE and
# thus to installCDE.
#
# Usage: updateCDE.ez -p <platform: hp|hpsh|ibm|sun>
# or updateCDE.ez -p <platform> [-t <tarball destination directory>]
#
# Example: updateCDE.ez -p hp
# updateCDE.ez -p hp -t /x/cde.save.tar
USAGE="Usage: updateCDE.ez -p <platform: hp|hpsh|ibm|sun> [-t <tarball location>]"
PLATFORM=""
TARBALL="no"
PASS_THRUS=""
while [ $# -ne 0 ]; do
case $1 in
-p) echo "get the platform"
shift;
[ $# -ne 0 ] || {
echo $USAGE
exit 1;
}
PLATFORM=$1
shift;
;;
-t) echo "Where to put the tarball if "
shift;
[ $# -ne 0 ] || {
echo $USAGE
exit 1;
}
TARBALL="yes"
TARBALL_LOCATION=$1
shift;
;;
*) PASS_THRUS="$PASS_THRUS $1"
shift;
;;
esac
done
if [ "$PLATFORM" = "" ]
then
echo $USAGE
exit 1
fi
UPDATE=admin/IntegTools/updateTools/updateCDE
case $PLATFORM in
hp) if [ "$TARBALL" = "yes" ]
then
/x/cde_hp700_90/$UPDATE -s /x/cde_hp700_90 -t $TARBALL_LOCATION \
$PASS_THRUS
else
echo "/x/cde_hp700_90/$UPDATE -s /x/cde_hp700_90 $PASS_THRUS"
/x/cde_hp700_90/$UPDATE -s /x/cde_hp700_90 $PASS_THRUS
fi
;;
hpsh) if [ "$TARBALL" = "yes" ]
then
/x/cde_hp700_sh_90/$UPDATE -s /x/cde_hp700_sh_90 -t $TARBALL_LOCATION \
$PASS_THRUS
else
echo "/x/cde_hp700_sh_90/$UPDATE -s /x/cde_hp700_sh_90 $PASS_THRUS"
/x/cde_hp700_sh_90/$UPDATE -s /x/cde_hp700_sh_90 $PASS_THRUS
fi
;;
sun) if [ "$TARBALL" = "yes" ]
then
/x/cde_sun_52/$UPDATE -s /x/cde_sun_52 -t $TARBALL_LOCATION \
$PASS_THRUS
else
/x/cde_sun_52/$UPDATE -s /x/cde_sun_52 $PASS_THRUS
fi
;;
ibm) if [ "$TARBALL" = "yes" ]
then
/x/cde_aix_32/$UPDATE -s /x/cde_aix_32 -t $TARBALL_LOCATION \
$PASS_THRUS
else
/x/cde_aix_32/$UPDATE -s /x/cde_aix_32 $PASS_THRUS
fi
;;
esac

129
cde/admin/IntegTools/updateTools/updateCDE.src Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
XCOMM! /bin/ksh
XCOMM $XConsortium: updateCDE.src /main/6 1996/04/23 11:10:35 drk $
XCOMM
XCOMM updateCDE or updateCDE.and.stomp.current.bits
XCOMM
XCOMM Jerrie Andreas 10/5/93
XCOMM
XCOMM This script kills any desktop "dt" clients that are currently running,
XCOMM and then calls installCDE to install bits, passing all parameters to
XCOMM installCDE. It then (on hp systems) changes run level to 5, the default
XCOMM run level for starting the desktop.
XCOMM
XCOMM This script uses the same options as installCDE.
XCOMM
XCOMM Example: updateCDE -s /x/cde_hp700_90 -t /x/cde_savetars
XCOMM
XCOMM #########################################################################
#define HASH #
if [ $# -eq 0 ]
then
echo "Usage: updateCDE -s <source> [options]"
exit 1
fi
if [ "$1" != "-s" ]
then
echo "First argument must be the -s option."
exit 1
fi
SOURCE_TREE=$2
XCOMM Set which system we are on
BUILDSYSTEM=$(uname)
XCOMM Set system
if [ $BUILDSYSTEM = "AIX" ]
then
PLATFORM=aix
elif [ $BUILDSYSTEM = "SunOS" ]
then
PLATFORM=sun
elif [ $BUILDSYSTEM = "UNIX_SV" ]
then
PLATFORM=usl
elif [ $BUILDSYSTEM = "UNIX_System_V" ]
then
PLATFORM=uxp
elif [ $BUILDSYSTEM = "OSF1" ]
then
PLATFORM=dec
else # Build system = HP
PLATFORM=hp-ux
fi
if [ $PLATFORM = "aix" ]
then
USER=`/bin/whoami`
elif [ $PLATFORM = "sun" -o $PLATFORM = "uxp" ]
then
USER=`/usr/ucb/whoami`
else
USER=`/usr/bin/whoami`
fi
if [ $USER != "root" ]
then
echo ""
echo "You must be root to run this script"
echo ""
exit 1
fi
echo "updateCDE: This script re-installs bits from the daily build trees."
echo ""
sleep 2
PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/etc:/usr/bin/X11:
export PATH
XCOMM Change the run level to kill all dtlogins
if [ $PLATFORM = "hp-ux" ]
then
/etc/telinit 2
elif [ $PLATFORM = "sun" ]
then
CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/config/dtlogin.rc stop
fi
TOOL_DIR=$SOURCE_TREE/admin/IntegTools/updateTools
DB_TOOL_DIR=$SOURCE_TREE/admin/IntegTools/dbTools
export TOOL_DIR DB_TOOL_DIR
XCOMM kill any active Common Desktop Clients
echo "Stopping any Common Desktop Clients"
$TOOL_DIR/kfork.dtclients
$TOOL_DIR/kfork.dtclients
XCOMM Send all of the parameters to installDT
$DB_TOOL_DIR/installCDE $*
XCOMM Change run level to restart dtlogin
if [ $PLATFORM = "hp-ux" ];
then
/etc/telinit 5
elif [ $PLATFORM = "sun" ]
then
CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP/config/dtlogin.rc start
fi
echo "Done updating Common Desktop Bits."
echo "Updated Common Desktop Bits on: " > /etc/motd
date >> /etc/motd
echo "via the $TOOL_DIR/updateCDE script" >> /etc/motd
echo "" >> /etc/motd
XCOMM ################### eof #################